ARCHIVÉ -  Transcription

Cette page Web a été archivée dans le Web

L’information dont il est indiqué qu’elle est archivée est fournie à des fins de référence, de recherche ou de tenue de documents. Elle n’est pas assujettie aux normes Web du gouvernement du Canada et elle n’a pas été modifiée ou mise à jour depuis son archivage. Pour obtenir cette information dans un autre format, veuillez communiquer avec nous.

Offrir un contenu dans les deux langues officielles

Prière de noter que la Loi sur les langues officielles exige que toutes publications gouvernementales soient disponibles dans les deux langues officielles.

Afin de rencontrer certaines des exigences de cette loi, les procès-verbaux du Conseil seront dorénavant bilingues en ce qui a trait à la page couverture, la liste des membres et du personnel du CRTC participant à l'audience et la table des matières.

Toutefois, la publication susmentionnée est un compte rendu textuel des délibérations et, en tant que tel, est transcrite dans l'une ou l'autre des deux langues officielles, compte tenu de la langue utilisée par le participant à l'audience.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

              TRANSCRIPT OF PROCEEDINGS BEFORE

             THE CANADIAN RADIO‑TELEVISION AND

               TELECOMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION

 

 

 

 

             TRANSCRIPTION DES AUDIENCES DEVANT

              LE CONSEIL DE LA RADIODIFFUSION

           ET DES TÉLÉCOMMUNICATIONS CANADIENNES

 

 

 

 

                          SUBJECT:

 

 

 

Various Broadcast Applications/

Plusiers demandes en radiodiffusion

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

HELD AT:                              TENUE À:

 

Westin Edmonton Hotel                 l'Hôtel Westin Edmonton

10135 100th Street                    10135, 100e rue

Edmonton, Alberta                     Edmonton (Alberta)

 

June 20, 2006                         Le 20 juin 2006

 


 

 

 

 

Transcripts

 

In order to meet the requirements of the Official Languages

Act, transcripts of proceedings before the Commission will be

bilingual as to their covers, the listing of the CRTC members

and staff attending the public hearings, and the Table of

Contents.

 

However, the aforementioned publication is the recorded

verbatim transcript and, as such, is taped and transcribed in

either of the official languages, depending on the language

spoken by the participant at the public hearing.

 

 

 

 

Transcription

 

Afin de rencontrer les exigences de la Loi sur les langues

officielles, les procès‑verbaux pour le Conseil seront

bilingues en ce qui a trait à la page couverture, la liste des

membres et du personnel du CRTC participant à l'audience

publique ainsi que la table des matières.

 

Toutefois, la publication susmentionnée est un compte rendu

textuel des délibérations et, en tant que tel, est enregistrée

et transcrite dans l'une ou l'autre des deux langues

officielles, compte tenu de la langue utilisée par le

participant à l'audience publique.


               Canadian Radio‑television and

               Telecommunications Commission

 

            Conseil de la radiodiffusion et des

               télécommunications canadiennes

 

 

                 Transcript / Transcription

 

 

 

 

Various Broadcast Applications/

Plusiers demandes en radiodiffusion

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BEFORE / DEVANT:

 

Michel Arpin                      Chairperson / Président

Barbara Cram                      Commissioner / Conseillère

Rita Cugini                       Commissioner / Conseillère

Ronald Williams                   Commissioner / Conseiller

Stuart Langford                   Commissioner / Conseiller

 

 

 

 

ALSO PRESENT / AUSSI PRÉSENTS:

 

Chantal Boulet                    Secretary / Secrétaire

Joe Aguiar                        Hearing Manager /

Gérant de l'audience

Anne-Marie Murphy/                Legal Counsel /

Shari Fisher                      Conseillères juridiques

 

 

 

 

 

HELD AT:                          TENUE À:

 

Westin Edmonton Hotel             l'Hôtel Westin Edmonton

10135 100th Street                10135, 100e rue

Edmonton, Alberta                 Edmonton (Alberta)

 

June 20, 2006                     Le 20 juin 2006

 

 


           TABLE DES MATIÈRES / TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

                                                 PAGE / PARA

 

 

PHASE I (Cont.)

 

 

PRESENTATION BY / PRÉSENTATION PAR:

 

 

Bear Creek Broadcasting Ltd.                      304 / 1984

 

Sun Country Cablevision Ltd. (OBCI)               351 / 2194

 

Jim Pattison Broadcast Group Ltd.                 417 / 2495

 

Vista Radio Ltd.                                  491 / 2785

 

Crude Communications Inc.                         543 / 3120

 

Standard Radio Inc.                               618 / 3564

 

 

 

PHASE II

 

 

INTERVENTION BY / INTERVENTION PAR:

 

 

Crude Communications Inc.                         667 / 3865

 


               Edmonton, Alberta / Edmonton (Alberta)

‑‑‑ Upon resuming on Tuesday, June 20, 2006 at 0834 /

    L'audience reprend le mardi 20 juin 2006 à 0834

1979             THE CHAIRPERSON:  Good morning.  Good morning, everybody.  Well people watched that game last night because they are still resting.  Obviously, they didn't have too big a party, but we do from our own end our best.  But that being said, we can move with the rest of the agenda and calling the meeting open and I am asking the Secretary to call for the next applicant.

1980             THE SECRETARY:  Thank you, Mr. Chairman.

1981             We are now at Item 5 on the agenda, which is an application by Bear Creek Broadcasting Ltd. for a licence to operate an English‑language FM commercial radio programming undertaking in Grande Prairie.

1982             The new station would operate on frequency 103.3 MHz (channel 277C1) with an effective radiated power of 100,000 watts (non‑directional antenna/antenna height of 256.6 metres).

1983             Appearing for the applicant is Mr. Ken Truhn who will introduce his colleagues.  You will then have 20 minutes for your presentation.  Mr. Truhn.

PRESENTATION / PRÉSENTATION


1984             MR. TRUHN:  Thank you.  Mr. Chairman, members of the Commission, CRTC staff, good morning.  My name is Ken Truhn and I am the President and majority shareholder of Bear Creek Broadcasting Ltd.

1985             Before beginning our presentation I would like to introduce the other members of our panel.  On my far left, to your right, is Mr. Alec Houssian who is one of Grande Prairie's most prominent business people and whose corporate group represents one of the biggest users of radio advertising in the market.  Mr. Houssian has been a retailer in Grande Prairie in excess of 30 years and has seen firsthand its significant population expansion and market growth.  His family owns and operates Nevada Bob's, Action Sports, Ed's Menswear, Town Centre Furniture as well as numerous commercial properties.  Last summer Alec was able to gather some very important feedback for me as to the acceptance of our format within the local business community while I was putting together my application.


1986             On my immediate left sitting next to Mr. Houssian is Mr. Brian Nash who, along with being my best friend and partner in Bear Creek Broadcasting, is also a prominent businessperson in Grande Prairie.  Brian owns a travel and tour business, a shopping centre, a trailer park and numerous other holdings.  Brian, it should be noted as well, was also a recipient of the Governor General of Canada's Commemorative Medal in recognition of his contributions to multi‑cultural student exchanges between Alberta and Quebec.

1987             To my immediate right is Mr. John Yerxa who is our Research Consultant and advisor on this project.  I have been involved with John since the mid 1990s when he first began to work with Monarch Broadcasting and over the years John Yerxa Research has conducted numerous programming and advertiser research studies for me in Grande Prairie.  During my long tenure at CJXX I feel that John played a pivotal role in the success of that station.


1988             Mr. Chairman, members of the Commission, we are now ready to begin our presentation.  Once again, my name is Ken Truhn and I have spent all of my adult life, the past 27 years, in the radio business.  Within the past year, however, I elected to walk away from a very successful job with one of the larger broadcast groups in order to pursue a dream that has been growing inside of me for many years.  Today, I appear before you as a 55 per cent shareholder in Bear Creek Broadcasting Ltd. with my best friend and business partner, Brian Nash, who owns the other 45 per cent.

1989             Brian and I formed this company to further my goal of owning a radio station in Grande Prairie, the community where I have spent the majority of my life and where I have spent the majority of my broadcast career.  Brian and I have both invested heavily in our community.  We have been involved in bringing many excellent events to the Grande Prairie area and have supported numerous local initiatives along the way.  Brian was instrumental in bringing the Royal Bank Cup, the National Junior Hockey Championships, to Grande Prairie in 2004.

1990             More recently, I played a prominent role in securing the 2006 Ford World Women's Curling Championship for our city.  This event, which I just finished chairing in March, was the most successful world women's event ever held in terms of attendance and bottom line return.

1991             Currently, Brian and I both serve on the Crystal Centre Advisory Board, which provides expertise and direction in the operation of our community's largest entertainment and sports complex.  Brian is also a sitting member of the Airport commission and the provincial tourism board and I am completing a six‑year term on the Hospital Foundation.


1992             Suffice it to say, for many years Brian and I have spent a great deal of our time supporting the terrific community that we call home, Grande Prairie, Alberta.  Together, we also own and operate one of the Peace Country's largest tourist attractions, Telus Country Fever, an annual country music festival which has featured just about every Canadian country act in existence.  It has showcased many new Canadian artists as well as established ones, several of whom have written letters of support for our application.

1993             As far as my background in radio is concerned, my career actually began in Fort St. John in 1978 as a sportscaster.  I moved back to Grande Prairie where I did news for a year before moving into the sports director's role at CFGP, now known as SUN FM.  In 1980 I was promoted into the sales department and spent 12 years in that role before accepting a job as the General Sales Manager with Radioseven in Red Deer.  After three and a half years I was fortunate enough to be transferred back to Grande Prairie as the General Manager of CJXX, which eventually became Big Country 93.1 and there I remained for 10 excellent years until a call for Grande Prairie applications was announced by the CRTC.


1994             In the decade that I was General Manager at CJXX it became a top‑producing station in terms of bottom line profit for both Monarch and Pattison and for 10 years the station was continually recognized with both corporate families for its achievements.  Of course, while I was at Big Country, my responsibility encompassed both expense and revenue budgeting, so I have a firsthand knowledge of the market and the money available in it.

1995             Members of the Commission, Grande Prairie is one of the most profitable radio markets in Canada, but it has been severely underserved in terms of radio for quite sometime.

1996             MR. NASH:  Members of the Commission, just before reviewing the economic situation in Grande Prairie, I want to quickly add a couple of points about Ken and our partnership.  Ken and I have known each other for over 20 years and we are not only long‑time business partners in the local country music festival, but the very best of friends.  We get along exceptionally well, even when we do not agree with each other and I have absolute trust and faith in his decision making ability.


1997             He is widely regarded in the business community as someone who will deal with you fairly, honestly and with integrity and his experience in Grande Prairie is a huge asset.  Ken also has extremely low staff turnover during his management of CJXX, which is a pretty good indication of how much the staff like working with him.

1998             The economic situation in Grande Prairie is red hot.  In 2004 the Grande Prairie housing market had a record year at 14 per cent growth.  In 2005 housing starts in Grande Prairie exceeded 1,000 units for the first time ever.  And so far, to the end of May, 2006, housing starts are up 83 per cent from 12 months ago.  Housing prices are now reported to have increased 30 per cent in the past year and in the past 10 years the cost of housing has more than doubled.

1999             According to last years' census Grande Prairie's population is 44,631.  However, expectations now suggest the city population will increase by over 15 per cent in just the next two years to approximately 52,000 by 2008.


2000             It has been reported that Grande Prairie's population is currently growing by at least 250 people per month after having been declared the second fastest growing city in Canada by CMHC in 2004.  The average income in Grande Prairie at approximately $70,000 is 15 per cent higher than the national average.  Retail sales are reported at 108 per cent above the national average.  Several retailers in our market continually ranked in the top five in retail sales in Canada.

2001             Grande Prairie serves an area of 250,000 people within a radius of 200 kilometres.  It has become a central shopping area for North‑western Alberta and North‑eastern British Columbia.  Millions of dollars flow over the B.C. provincial border into Grande Prairie from communities such as Dawson Creek, Chetwynd, Fort St. John and Fort Nelson.

2002             Our region is economically diverse.  Besides the booming oil industry we have a strong forestry presence featuring Weyerhaeuser, Ainsworth and Canfor, and agriculture represents a significant base as well.  All of these things now qualify Grande Prairie for more choices when it comes to radio.


2003             MR. TRUHN:  The last time a new commercial radio station started in Grande Prairie was in the fall of 1979 when CJXX hit the airwaves.  The population at that time was 20,427 people.  Today, the population has more than doubled and yet we still only have the two commercial FM stations.  If you are not a fan of country music your only alternative is Hot AC.  We believe the market is more than ready to support one, if not two, new radio stations adding diversity and choice to a listening public that definitely wants it.

2004             I'm now going to turn the presentation over to John Yerxa, who will take you through the research data.

2005             MR. YERXA:  In the fall of 2004 my company conducted 400 random telephone interviews with adult, 18 to 54, radio listeners in Grande Prairie.  Once respondents were selected we first studied their listening behaviour, then probed their interest in five mainstream music formats and asked whether they could identify an existing local station delivering each one.

2006             The two most important calculations we performed were to identify the percentage of listeners that expressed significant interest in each format as well as the percentage that could not associate a local FM radio station with each format.  By comparing these two results we were able to identify the largest musical hole or opportunity in the market simply by examining the trade‑off between popularity and availability.


2007             Obviously the more popular a music type is within the general population or target group the more economically viable that format will tend to be.  However, the most easily available a music type is perceived to be the less opportunity it will have to grow as a distinct format without cannibalizing another player in the market.  Therefore, suffice it to say that the more popular but less available a music type is the greater opportunity there is for that format in a given market.

2008             Using this approach, we were able to determine that classic rock clearly represents the best format opportunity in Grande Prairie, as it registered the highest popularity of the groups we tested and was also perceived by adult respondents to be the most difficult music type to find on the local FM dial.


2009             MR. TRUHN:  You will notice that Mr. Yerxa's research highlighted the demand for classic rock, and yet I have positioned our proposed station as a classic rock/classic hits hybrid.  The reason I did this is because from the time when CJXX was owned by Monarch Communications I did extensive research in the marketplace with John and clearly understood that there was a hole for both formats.  But classic rock had long been the most noticeable void in the market in survey after survey and I simply wanted to reconfirm that fact with our research for this application, knowing that the crossover between classic rock and classic hits is well established.

2010             Indeed, at least one other applicant before you this week has suggested that their proposed format could be termed either classic rock or classic hits.  However, a combined classic rock/classic hits format, while focusing on the same era, would be somewhat broader in its appeal than just classic rock and would allow us to mix in a much greater selection of Canadian artists in order to meet our 40 per cent CanCon commitment as well as supporting even more local and regional Canadian talent.

2011             Looking at the overall play list, we would be co! 0834mbining classic hits artists like!?! Fleetwood Mac; Corey Hart; Don Henley; Joni Mitchell; Huey Lewis & The News; Glass Tiger; Men at Work; Alanis Morissette; Blondie; Toto; Doug and the Slugs; Loverboy and the Eurythmics with classic rock artists like the Rolling Stones; Tom Petty; Dire Straits; The Guess Who; Pink Floyd; Crosby, Stills, Nash & Young; Blood, Sweat & Tears; Peter Frampton; Bruce Springsteen; Rush, Van Halen; Bob Seger; April Wine; Santana; The Who and BTO.


2012             In terms of overall balance, we intend to position our format as 65 per cent classic rock and 35 per cent classic hits, given classic rock's stronger appeal amongst target listeners.  But, if asked by the Commission to choose between these two formats, we would definitely lean toward the classic rock position with classic hits as our second choice.

2013             However, the real point worth making here is that the two largest and most profitable holes on the Grande Prairie radio landscape are classic rocks and classic hits as opposed to a format which is too current in terms of its repertoire.  If licensed, our station would undoubtedly have the support of many 25 to 54‑year old listeners, in particular 35 to 44‑year olds and the local business community.

2014             We will also be bringing a new and independent information voice to Grande Prairie by placing significant emphasis on local news and information seven days per week.  Based on my long experience in Grande Prairie, I am well aware of the dependence our listening community places on local information and that explains why it is a staple element of our programming schedule.  Our station will provide a total of 143 newscasts from 6:00 a.m. to just after 11:00 p.m. seven days a week.  Moreover, the vast majority of our spoken word will be live, as we are planning to have our news readers deliver local news and information right up to 11:00 p.m. each weekday and up to 6:00 p.m. on Saturdays and Sundays.


2015             In total, we will have five fulltime news staff providing 12 hours and 15 minutes of news and information programming throughout the week, which I believe is a greater news and information commitment than perhaps any other applicant.

2016             We will also support numerous community organizations which require radio's help, either with public service announcements or to help them achieve their fundraising objectives.

2017             You will have noted from our application that we are proposing $60,000 annually in Canadian Talent Development initiatives for a total of $420,000 over a seven‑year period.  While this is not the largest of the CTD amounts presented before you at this hearing, please remember we are a small company looking to operate a single station.  Therefore, while a couple of the larger corporations should be applauded for their contributions to CTD, we believe that, relative to our size, we are making a significant commitment to Canadian Talent Development and our annual contributions will make a considerable difference in the lives of the recipients.


2018             I wanted to quickly review the six initiatives.  First, there is a $20,000 annual contribution to a scholarship fund at the Grande Prairie Regional College for students enrolled in fine arts.  This scholarship will be managed by a committee comprised of a representative of the station, the president's office at the college and the dean of the fine arts program at the college.  That committee will determine the recipients from year to year.  Second, there is a Prairie Art Gallery initiative in the amount of $10,000 per year, which is a direct cash payment to the six programs outlined in our deficiency response to the Commission dated December 5 of 2005.


2019             Third, there is our Community Development Foundation initiative, which calls for a $5,000 per year cash payment to establish a scholarship for First Nations students enrolled in the fine arts program at the local college.  The Community Foundation would manage this scholarship.  Fourth, there is a $5,000 initiative for Grande Prairie Little Theatre, which will be administered by them.  Fifth, there is the Evergreen Park Talent Explosion initiative, which is an existing talent competition we will support with a direct cash payment of $10,000.  This program will continue to run and be operated by Evergreen Park.  Sixth, we are choosing to support Summer Slam and Telus Country Fever, this initiative calls for an annual $5,000 contribution to each festival and all of this money will be used to pay for Canadian artists to appear on stage.

2020             At this point, I would like to clarify a concern you may have with regard to the money proposed for Telus Country Fever, which is listed as Spilchen's Country Fever in the application but has undergone a sponsor change, hence the name change.  While the funds allocated to this initiative will be paid directly to Canadian artists, upon reviewing our application Brian and I realized that our ownership of the festival will pose a conflict in the Commission's mind.  Therefore, with your permission, we will immediately reallocate those funds directly to ARIA.

2021             Moreover, if there are any other CTD initiatives which we have outlined that are not acceptable to the Commission, we will immediately reallocate those portions to ARIA as well.  Please understand, however, that our overall commitment to CTD is meant to ensure that as many dollars as possible will be allocated locally, as we are firm believers in directly supporting the community which supports our business.


2022             MR. HOSSIAN:  Mr. Chairman and members of the Commission, last summer after discussing the Bear Creek proposal with a number of fellow advertisers and business people in our community, I informed Ken that it will be a success.  With the feedback from a dozen or so business people I contacted suggests that the application will succeed because it attracts a large number of people who presently have no way of hearing the music they grew‑up with on the local dial.

2023             Many of the fellow business men and women are interested and are listeners because they cannot be reached that effectively through the existing stations in Grande Prairie.  Moreover, most of the business people told me they will support this station because of Ken's 24 years of radio service in our community.


2024             MR. TRUHN:  Mr. Chairman, members of the Commission, in summary, we feel that Bear Creek should be awarded a licence to operate a new FM radio station in Grande Prairie for the following reasons.  First, we believe our business plan is solid because it is based on good research, advertiser feedback and my knowledge of the market.  Second, we will be providing a distinct format to a market that is virtually screaming for it.  Third, we will bring a new information voice to the Grande Prairie region and our five fulltime news staff will be offering a significant amount of local news and information in excess of 12 hours a week to the local community.

2025             Fourth, we will not only create 24 new jobs in the radio industry, but most importantly we will bring 24 new jobs, the most of any applicant before you, to our hometown.  Fifth, we will reflect our community and its cultural diversity.  Sixth, our CTD commitment, which we believe is impressive for a company of our size, will significantly benefit its recipients.  Seventh, we are independent.  In a speech not long ago to the BCAB, Chairman Dalfen emphasized the continuing importance of smaller broadcasters and we believe our presentation before you today upholds the ideals of that statement.  Eighth, not only are we independent, we are truly local.  Both Brian and I are long‑time residents of Grande Prairie and we are deeply invested in and committed to our community.


2026             Therefore, approval of this application will not only bring a new independent owner, but a brand new local owner into the broadcast industry.  And ninth, I personally bring a great deal of broadcast experience to the table.  I have spent my entire adult life in the radio business and now I am following a natural progression through the ranks to this position.  I have always dreamed of owning and operating my own station in Grande Prairie.  I have the experience, the community support and the desire to undertake this challenge.

2027             Thank you for the opportunity to make our presentation and we are open for questions.

2028             THE CHAIRPERSON:  Thank you, Mr. Truhn.  Commissioner Cugini.

2029             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  Good morning and thank you for being here promptly despite last night's upset.  I guess I can now go back and cheer for my home team and we don't have to disclose the name of that team.

2030             My colleague yesterday did comment on how ‑‑ on the quality of the applications submitted in this proceeding and the quality of the presentations and certainly yours is no exception, but I do have some questions of clarification.


2031             The first set of questions I would like to ask you is in regards to your format, you describe it as a classic rock/classic hits format.  Yesterday I believe, it was Newcap who said that classic hits runs across a number of genres, whereas classic rock is more of a contained definition.  First of all, do you agree with that and, second ‑‑ let us answer that first, yes, do you agree with that definition of classic hits?

2032             MR. TRUHN:  I am going to turn that question over to John Yerxa.

2033             MR. YERXA:  Commissioner Cugini, may I first answer that by quoting directly out of the Newcap supplementary brief.  Page 8, the station might also brand itself as classic rock rather than classic hits:

"It will be slightly more classic rock than other classic hit stations."  "Fortunately, the two formats share a large number of artists and songs between them."

2034             Page 8, Newcap application.  I completely agree, the fact is that there is tremendous crossover between classic rock and classic hits.  There are a number of artists that are common to both formats, artists ranging from Queen; John Mellencamp; Journey; The Police; The Eagles; Don Henley; Canadian artists such as Neil Young; Loverboy; Brian Adams.


2035             Both of these formats are successful because they focus on the same era, basically the 1970s, the 1980s and the 1990s.  Now, there are some differences and variances depending upon the market that you are in.  You have some classic hit stations that focus more on the 1970s and the 1980s.  For example, a lot of work that I have done in the States, specific stations we deal with, are a lot more classic rock or 1970s, 1980s focused.  Other stations, for example, you had an applicant before you here at first that said we want to be more of an 1980s and 1990s radio station.

2036             The key, however, is that these formats are successful because they target an age group, the 35 to 54‑year old listener that wants to listen to the music that they grew‑up with.  Particularly, in their late teens and early 20s, if you follow the impressionable years model of broadcast programming, which means particularly the average 45 to 50‑year old, someone who was around 20 years of age in the late 1970s early 1980s.


2037             Now, if you take a format like, for example, the Jack concept when they first launched, it was interesting because there was a tremendous amount initially with the format as they presented, which was the early to mid‑1980s.  Now, that may have seemed somewhat brilliant at the time given the hit/non‑hit parameters that we have to deal with in Canadian radio, but what was particularly smart about it was that they were focusing on the bulge or the peak in the baby boom population in Canada, which generally lags the U.S. by a few years and so they were appealing to that bulge in the population.

2038             We have other formats like the Bonneville format I mentioned that are younger skewing.  So classic hits really it can lean more classic rock, depending upon the dynamics of the market, or it can lean more pop and even towards AC if there is a large rock or classic rock component available in the market.  So but let me just say that the statement that classic rock and classic hits are diametrically opposed, have no similarities, is absolutely wrong.

2039             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  Okay, let us take out the ors in your sentence and can you please tell me what this application and what this radio station, if licensed, will focus on when it reaps music from the classic hits format?

2040             MR. YERXA:  Assuming that this radio station is the only one licensed, then obviously it would try and be as broad as it can be within the 35 to 54 demo, which means that our suggestion would be say 65 per cent classic rock, 35 per cent classic hits, approximately 40 per cent 1960s and 1970s, 30 per cent 1980s, 15 1990s, 15 year 2000 forward.


2041             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  Within the classic hits?

2042             MR. YERXA:  Yes, within the ‑‑ it is about 65 per cent classic rock, 35 per cent classic hits, knowing that a lot of these artists crossover.  I gave you a list ‑‑ I mean, I could give you a..

2043             For example, if I may, we did an analysis of the Jack format when it first launched as it was picked up by Infinity in the United States and the top 30 most played artists on the Jack format were included among them at the top 30 U2; Journey; John Mellencamp; The Police, The Rolling Stones; Bob Seger; Steve Miller; Foreigner; Queen; Genesis.  Keeping in mind this was the format that really got this whole concept of classic hits moving.  And of course, if you look at what the 10 most played songs were initially when this format was presented in various markets, Journey ‑ Don't Stop Believing; Queen ‑ Another One Bites the Dust; J. Geils ‑ Centrefold; John Mellencamp ‑ Jack and Diane; Police ‑ Every Breath You Take; Joan Jett ‑ I love Rock `n' Roll.


2044             So once again classic hits, but as you can see, very very rock oriented in its initial application in these markets.  Keeping in mind, of course, that over time, depending up on the competitive dynamic of the market, you may adjust to move a little more this way, maybe a little more pop oriented, you may move a little more in terms of era, maybe a little more towards the 1990s if all of a sudden you have somebody who comes in and positions themselves as pure classic rock.

2045             But that, in a nutshell, is really what I am recommending to the client here, is if you are the only one licensed then a 65/35 split, knowing the dynamic, the make‑up of the market, the psychographic of the market, knowing that classic rock generally tends to skew a little more male and that up until this time looking at the existing players in the market, SUN FM has generally skewed more female, albeit at the younger end, whereas CJXX ‑‑ although, in our particular study they had a male/female split ‑‑ they generally have tended to skew more female.  So you have the two existing stations in the market which have generally skewed more female, hence putting more emphasis on classic rock would position you a little better in terms of the overall opportunity.

2046             Now, of course, if you were to licence two stations in the market, it is a whole different ballgame.


2047             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  And we will get to that.

2048             MR. YERXA:  Okay.

2049             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  So this radio station will not broadcast or will not include any contemporary hits, music, on its play list?  In other words, we are not going to hear Britney Spears or Madonna's new song or anybody else from 2000 on?

2050             MR. YERXA:  You will hear ‑‑ we say 15 per cent and, frankly, most of that if not all of it is CanCon.  Because given the significant commitments now that broadcasters are making, the 40 per cent CanCon commitment, the key now ‑‑ and really it is a win‑win I guess, because you are giving these new Canadian artists an opportunity, be they classic or say rock oriented or say hits oriented, giving them exposure on the radio.  But the key is that the challenge is you have to pick these artists that you can common thread and meld into the format without being schizophrenic.  And you are going to find that most stations across the country, whether they are classic hits, adult contemporary doesn't matter, we have these commitments, we live up to them and that freshens the format, because you can't play April Wine to death.


2051             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  Thank you.  You did say in your opening remarks that you are committed to 40 per cent Canadian content?

2052             MR. TRUHN:  Yes, we are.

2053             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  And you will accept that as a condition of licence?

2054             MR TRUHN:  Absolutely.

2055             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  Okay.  Based on your research, and you mentioned it this morning as well, you did say the classic rock was the most popular, but you didn't ‑‑ did you ask the question about classic hits?

2056             MR. YERXA:  No, I normally do that.  And as you can appreciate, I deal with numerous clients across the country and at the time that Ken contacted me it was a very short phone call and he just said I want you to do a study, we have done a lot of work in the market, here is what I want to test, I want to be as distinct as I can, let us do classic rock, let us do country, let us do adult contemporary, you know, let us do the top..  In other words, he said to me here is what I want to do, we know what the market.. but confirm this for me, is this the best opportunity and so that is what we did.


2057             Of course, I didn't even know at the time really what he was after.  I didn't know he was, you know, because he is not going to tell everybody in the industry that he is maybe going after a licence, he was probably testing the waters and so that is what we tested.

2058             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  And based on that then can you tell us why you did add classic hits?

2059             MR. YERXA:  Well, we had done numerous research studies and we had done a lot of qualitative research as well and we knew about the crossover and I suppose that was probably as much my fault in the sense that when there was a call for the applications and I said to Ken are you going to be going after this.  I had just said to him offhand, you know, if you are going to go for it and you get the licence you should be as broad as possible.  And given the success of the Jack and Joe formats, although more Jack because it is more rock oriented, you know, you may want to consider being a kind of a hybrid format.  So I may have thrown him off in that regard, but certainly we confirmed the classic rock format as being the best opportunity in the research.

2060             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  And your suggestion was made after you conducted your research?


2061             MR. YERXA:  Well again, I didn't ‑‑ remember, I  just get calls from people and they say just do this, do that, study this and six months later he said guess what, I am going to go after a format in Grande Prairie and that study you did for me, I am going to use that as a base and what do you see, based on your knowledge of what is happening across the country, what do you think we should do if we were successful.  And so that is what I suggested he do, to branch out.  But, as I said, if you were to licence two stations there is going to be a mad scramble to see who gets on the air first.  And, of course, the first one in is going to ‑‑ I would recommend position themselves one way and then, of course, the other one is going to have to react.

2062             Now, heaven knows if all of a sudden SUN FM decides to flip format in the next six months then, of course, all bets are off and that is the reality of this business.  But the key, of course, is that in that market it will be quite possible for anybody to find a very distinct and very meaningful hole to fill.

2063             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  Well, since you have now raised the question twice, I will take this opportunity and perhaps ask you, Mr. Truhn, how many radio stations do you believe the Grande Prairie market can support?


2064             MR. TRUHN:  New radio stations?

2065             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  New radio stations.

2066             MR. TRUHN:  Two for sure.

2067             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  And do you believe that one format over another would be more or less successful?

2068             MR. TRUHN:  Well, as John alluded to, I believe that the classic rock format, if I had to choose between the two, would be the more successful of the two choices with classic hits as a second choice.

2069             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  We have an application before us for a gospel radio station, as you may have heard yesterday.  Do you believe that ‑‑ or what do you think if we were to licence them plus two?

2070             MR. TRUHN:  As far as the listening audience goes, I don't think that that would be a significant factor.  Obviously, anytime you put another player into the market in terms of the revenue side of things, you know, that will play a bit of a factor, but overall I don't see that as a big challenge in the market place.


2071             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  Okay, we will now move onto the specifics of your application and the area of spoken word and your commitments.  In your application I believe you committed to 10 hours of news, weather and sports and six hours of PSAs and liners.  And then in response to deficiency questions you said it was nine hours of news, weather and sports and three hours of PSAs and liners.  Could you tell us what your commitment is to spoken word?

2072             MR. TRUHN:  Absolutely.  In the supplementary brief where I outlined nine hours that was simply a mistake, it should have read 10.

2073             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  So and in the area of PSAs and liners?

2074             MR. TRUHN:  Well it is six, but I also included a 24‑hour clock there, so from 6:00 a.m. to midnight I committed to a minimum of 10 hours of news and spoken word, plus three hours of PSA, the other three hours would have run between midnight and 6:00 and I realize that, you know, we are talking about a 6:00 a.m. to midnight time clock.

2075             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  Okay.  Now, in terms of the news, weather and sports you also ‑‑ you repeated it today I believe..  Sorry, can you remind me of how many newscasts?

2076             MR. TRUHN:  One hundred and forty‑three.


2077             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  What is the length of those newscasts?

2078             MR. TRUHN:  They vary anywhere from three and a half minutes to seven and a half minutes.

2079             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  And does that include weather and sports?

2080             MR. TRUHN:  Yes.

2081             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  And in terms of local news, of those three and a half to seven minutes how much of that will be local?

2082             MR. TRUHN:  Seventy‑five per cent of the news will be local, 75 per cent of the sports and obviously 100 per cent of the weather.

2083             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  And the other 25 per cent will be national and international stories ‑‑

2084             MR. TRUHN:  Yes.

2085             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  ‑‑ when they break?  Thank you.  In the area of CTD your presentation this morning was very clear in outlining your commitments to Canadian Talent Development.  You are proposing a $20,000 annual commitment to the Grande Prairie Regional College fine arts program?

2086             MR. TRUHN:  Yes.


2087             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  And that is for a scholarship program?

2088             MR. TRUHN:  Yes.

2089             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  How many scholarships are you planning or how many scholarships is the college planning on offering with that $20,000 annual contribution?

2090             MR. TRUHN:  A minimum of four, you know, and that would depend on the quality of the applications that were received for it each year.

2091             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  And will you have any participation in selecting who ‑‑

2092             MR. TRUHN:  Yes.

2093             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  ‑‑ would receive those scholarships?

2094             MR. TRUHN:  There will be a member of the radio station, likely myself, sitting on the selection board.

2095             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  And the $10,000 per year to Evergreen Park for sponsorship of their talent exposition, do you have a budget breakdown on how that $10,000 will be spent?


2096             MR. TRUHN:  That money was to go directly to the winners of the competition, the top five, you know, broken out, you know, appropriately with more for first place obviously and less for last place, but directly to the winners of that competition.

2097             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  And will you participate at all in the selection of the winners of that competition?

2098             MR. TRUHN:  No, that will be done by an independent panel, as it always is with that contest.

2099             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  Okay, thank you.  And if we are to accept your initiatives in Canadian Talent Development as you mentioned today with the relocation of funds from the Telus Country Fever to ARIA you will accept that as a COL?

2100             MR. TRUHN:  Yes.

2101             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  Okay.  Now in terms of your business plan, despite what you may have heard yesterday, you are one of the highest in terms of your projections for revenue from the market.  I do appreciate your comments today on how much you know the market and your experience in the market, but could you give us the rationale for your revenue projections?


2102             MR. TRUHN:  Well obviously, because of my experience, I know what the money being spent on the two incumbents is each year.  I have also done some research in regard to what Peace River Broadcasting is taking out of the marketplace and what the standard stations are getting out of the marketplace.  I was able to derive a total of approximately $8.6 to $9 million somewhere in that range as it existed a year ago.  My understanding is is that we haven't gone through a recession in Grande Prairie, so that number is likely a little bit higher, closer to the $9 million I would estimate in the radio market at this present time.

2103             I was around in 1979 working for COG when CJXX came on the air.  There was some concern at that time, you know, from the original radio station that advertisers would cut, you know, their marketing budgets in half or at least not spend as much with them.  And the truth of the matter was the market expanded significantly and COG saw a huge increase in advertising revenues that very first year.  I suspect that it won't be quite the same with the addition or a third and/or fourth radio station, but I do expect that the market will expand by a little in excess of 10 per cent, I think it will be a $10 million market, you know, once this all shakes out.

2104             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  And so your projections were obviously based on one more, just one?


2105             MR. TRUHN:  Our business plan was derived based on one more applicant being added to the market.

2106             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  By how much would you reduce your projections if we were to licence two?  A percentage, just give me a percentage.

2107             MR. TRUHN:  You know, I would have to say around 15, 20 per cent.

2108             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  Around 15 per cent?

2109             MR. TRUHN:  Yes.

2110             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  Okay, thank you.  As you know, there are more than one frequencies available in the market.  Have you done a study to determine whether or not any of the other frequencies, other than the one for which you have applied, would suffice or would meet your needs?

2111             MR. TRUHN:  We haven't done an actual study, no.  But obviously, there is a wide range of frequencies available and certainly if we had to choose another one there are more options in the market that would, you know, suit our needs.

2112             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  And so another frequency would be acceptable to you?

2113             MR. TRUHN:  Absolutely.


2114             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  There are just ‑‑ sorry, there is one more question I forgot to ask and perhaps, Mr. Yerxa, you could answer.  In your presentation this morning you did say that your target audience is 35 to 44‑year olds?

2115             MR. YERXA:  The broad target is 35 ‑ 54.

2116             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  Right.

2117             MR. YERXA:  Are you looking for a median age?

2118             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  Well, your presentation this morning, if licensed our station would undoubtedly have the support of many 25 to 54‑year olds listeners ‑‑

2119             MR. YERXA:  That's the broad target.

2120             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  ‑‑ in particular, 35 to 44.

2121             MR. YERXA:  Thirty‑five ‑ 54 actually.  So it is ‑‑ 35 ‑ 44 is probably the core, you know, that is your 10‑year sweet spot.  But if you are going to play more classic rock, it is going to skew a little higher, 35 ‑ 54.

2122             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  And you anticipated, yes, and so what is the median age of your listener?

2123             MR. YERXA:  Let us give it a 42.

2124             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  Male or female?


2125             MR. YERXA:  Skewing more male with the classic rock component.

2126             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  And when you mix in the classic hits format?

2127             MR. YERXA:  It is going to be skewing more male because we will be two‑thirds classic rock hopefully.

2128             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  Okay, thank you.  Thank you very much, Mr. Chairman, those are all my questions.

2129             THE CHAIRPERSON:  Thank you, Commissioner Cugini.  Commissioner Langford.

2130             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  Thank you, Mr. Chair.

2131             I want to go back to this question of your format.  And without seeming in any way rude, I don't need anymore enthusiasm, I got the picture that you really like it and you think it is going to do it.  What I am trying to find out is how you would react, in a strategic sense, should we be licensing you and someone else very very close?  And I think you touched on it ‑‑ John is the first name, I can't remember the second name, sorry, this gentleman.

2132             MR. YERXA:  John is fine.


2133             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  John, okay.  Well, it doesn't look too good on the record if we are all on a first name basis does it?  Yerxa, that is it, thank you, sorry.  Later in history you will say gee, these two brothers were handing licenses out to each other.  We don't like that image here.

2134             It is almost difficult for me to phrase this question, though I have had time to think about it since your very interesting description.  But there are about five other applications in front of us which have chosen, at least in their words and in their descriptions, something very very similar.  Pattison, O.K., Crude, a number of them anyway.  So what happens if we licence, for example, you and one of them?  And just for the sake of argument, I am looking for a strategy now, we happen to licence the one that is as close to your chosen format as possible, what do you do?

2135             MR. YERXA:  Okay, there are ‑‑ first of all, I know there are three applicants that Ken would definitely be hurt by or threatened by.  There are three applicants and I know you are going to ask him that in a few minutes, who would hurt you.  He can deal with that.

2136             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  Well, you might as well name them.


2137             MR. YERXA:  Okay.

2138             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  Helps us.

2139             MR. YERXA:  Do you want me to name them?

2140             MR. TRUHN:  Well obviously, if we were granted a licence, you know, the most harmful effect to our business plan is going to come from the two incumbents and from the standard stations which are Standard, which has stations in Fort St. John and Dawson Creek and, you know, would have an opportunity to leverage in ‑‑ in the marketplace.

2141             MR. YERXA:  So having said that, assuming one of the incumbents doesn't get it and create an imbalance, unless of course you want to give both of them that which may happen, but it really doesn't matter.  The key ‑‑ unless you want to make, format a COL and that is not in the cards, so therefore get on the air, scramble as quickly as you can, position yourself and number two in they position themselves accordingly and everything will shake out.  And you have seen that happen in numerous markets and, of course, you also recognize that upon licensing an incumbent could even switch and muddy the waters, so it really doesn't matter.


2142             We have identified a couple of very profitable opportunities in the market.  The key is get on the air, get there first.

2143             MR. TRUHN:  I might add, Commissioner Langford, if we were in the position where we lost the race to get on the air first, obviously we are going to have to ensure that whatever format we choose is appropriate for the market.  So we would do ‑‑ you know, we would conduct some more research and be absolutely sure of what that second position is, you know, given the circumstances and whatever the first one on the air chose as a format.

2144             MR. YERXA:  And that is a very important point, because I was quite interested in hearing at one of the other ‑‑ well, another one of the incumbents state that, you know, if you give us a licence well we are going to take our existing station and move this way, which I don't think is great news for Standard in their application, because that is where they are going to move.  They want to become more mainstream AC pop.

2145             But that is what may happen, whether you give them a licence or whether you give someone else, assuming that rock hole is filled, then that existing station may have to adjust accordingly to narrow their focus.


2146             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  Is there a scenario that would cause you to have to make more than an adjustment, in other words more than an even kind of a tuning?  In other words, you just have to choose a whole new market niche?

2147             MR. YERXA:  If one of the ‑‑ let us assume one of the incumbents, heaven forbid, says I am going after one of the ‑‑ well, this is great research everybody has brought forward and let us do it, that is a huge hole, we didn't really realize it was there.  If they switch, they are going to create an opportunity and some hybrid opportunities around whatever they vacate.  The market is big enough.  There is two stations.  You know, at any given time you have probably got four mainstream formats that are available and, generally speaking, regardless of population, so..

2148             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  So you can adjust is what you are saying, even to a dramatic encroachment on your plans, on your plan territory there is still room out there for you to come up with a new plan?

2149             MR. TRUHN:  Absolutely.


2150             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  Okay.  Now, let me just go back, Mr. Truhn, to your response about the kind of nightmare scenario here.  And I am going to give you a piece of good news and then I am going to give you a piece of bad news, but it is all hypothetical.  I am just trying to figure out, because you have the Grande Prairie experience and it kind of gives me the notion that you could probably respond to this almost better than anybody, with the possible exception of the two incumbents.

2151             Assume for a moment, hypothetically, that we licence you, but assume as well that we licence the two incumbents, nightmare scenario.  So they each got two FMs, maintain some kind of balance.  But we want to bring a new voice in.  So we have two incumbents with two stations each, synergies, market power, all that stuff you know about, and then you because we want to bring diversity to the market or we want to encourage a new player.

2152             I am kind of painting this scenario pretty quickly off the top of my head.  But what I am looking for is how you would react to that, if you could react to it, could you survive, could you thrive in a scenario like that?


2153             MR. TRUHN:  I think, obviously, in that scenario that would be about as bad as it could get.  Do I think I could survive?  Absolutely.  I have a strong base in the community and I think that, you know, would stand me in good stead.  Would it be tough?  There is no question.  You know, I had some experience in Red Deer when I was the general sales manager there for RadioSeven in a situation that has been corrected recently of where we were a standalone AM station against an FM and a country AM station and it is extremely tough.  It is very competitive, it tends to affect the price of the product and not in a positive way, but they obviously survived.  And I believe, you know, given my experience in Grande Prairie, we would survive as well.

2154             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  Thanks very much.  I don't want to give you nightmares, but I just ‑‑ you might as well go to the extreme, in a sense, to get your reaction and then pull back from there and, you know, as I said you are on the ground, you are there, you know the area and if you think it can be done, I mean, that is something we have to take into consideration.

2155             Those are my questions, Mr. Chair, thank you.


2156             THE CHAIRPERSON:  Thank you, Commissioner Langford.  Picking up on your last reply, if you were or if the two incumbents would get each an FM licence and you are to get one and obviously, as you said you got to be..  Will that impair your ability to do the local news and the spoken word and local programming or where will you make the cuts?

2157             MR. TRUHN:  Well, you know, given that situation I think we would, you know, review our whole business plan obviously.  We are committed to our news and spoken word programming, it is a big deal in markets the size of Grande Prairie.  They rely on the radio stations for all of the local information and relevant news.

2158             I think obviously we would have to look at our, you know, at our staffing in a situation like that.  The news department is not an area that we would cut dramatically because it is still a key element in our programming.  We would look for, you know, other areas long before we looked at that area.

2159             THE CHAIRPERSON:  Commissioner Cram.

2160             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  Thank you, Mr. Chair.


2161             I wanted to ask a couple of questions.  Thank you very much for the part that starts off with your broadcasting staff grid.  And you started in the first page talking about no automation during the broadcast week.  And so, just to be fair to you, would you accept that as a COL that you would be live‑to‑air during the entirety of the broadcast week?

2162             MR. TRUHN:  Yes absolutely, unless Commissioner Langford's worst case scenario came into play.

2163             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  So that is where you would start making the cuts, would be the live‑to‑air issue?

2164             MR. TRUHN:  We would have to definitely take a look at automation in some areas of the day for sure.

2165             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  Secondly, you were talking with my colleague, Commissioner Cugini, about a minimum of 10 hours news, but this actually shows ‑‑ your newscast grid, the third page of that shows a total of ‑‑ oh Lord I didn't add it ‑‑ nine, 10, 11, 12 ‑‑ oh yes, 12 hours and 15 minutes.

2166             MR. TRUHN:  Yes, it does.  I think if you look at our application when we originally wrote it I said a minimum of 10 hours each week.  Once I actually developed the grid it worked out to 12 hours and 15 minutes.

2167             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  Okay.  So and when I look at it it goes up to 11:00 at night both during the week and on the weekends?

2168             MR. TRUHN:  Yes.


2169             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  Do any of the incumbents do this?

2170             MR. TRUHN:  To the best of my knowledge..

2171             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  You don't listen to them?

2172             MR. TRUHN:  I am a rabid fan of country or of country radio in Grande Prairie based on my experience but, yes, I listen to them both.  To the best of my knowledge Big Country provides it for a longer period of time up until at least 11:00 I believe.

2173             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  Okay.

2174             MR. TRUHN:  It is not always live, but it is there.

2175             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  Okay, I get your point.  And there has been a fair bit of talk about the incumbents.  I guess I need to know, given that we have on more than one occasion licensed the incumbents in order to keep a competitive balance, why should we not do that in this case?


2176             MR. TRUHN:  Well, I think if you licence the two incumbents you certainly do keep a competitive balance for them.  It doesn't necessary add as much diversity to the marketplace as you would by licensing two new players.  And I think that, you know, there has to be some opportunity for independent broadcasters to get into this business.  And whereas the two incumbents would probably like that, I certainly wouldn't.

2177             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  Thank you.  Thank you, Mr. Chair.

2178             THE CHAIRPERSON:  Thank you, Commissioner Cram.  Well, we are almost to the end of your appearance and I will give you two minutes to sum up and tell the Commission why you should be granted the licence.

2179             MR. TRUHN:  Thank you.  I am not going to reiterate all the points I made at the end of our oral presentation.  I just have a quick quick summary.

2180             I know the Commission appreciates independents like us participating in this process, after all the industry has become extremely consolidated in recent years.  At the same time I realize you probably hear this kind of statement from those of us vying for a licence against the larger broadcast companies.


2181             Here is what I truly think differentiates me from some of the other independents.  I won't be appearing before you in the Fort McMurray hearing, nor will I be appearing before you in the upcoming hearings in Medicine Hat, Regina or Saskatoon.  Grande Prairie is where my life is, has been and it is where it is going to continue to be.  Having spent 27 years in the broadcast business I guess I put it all on the line this one time to pursue a career dream in the community that I grew‑up in and I would respectfully ask you for that opportunity.  Thank you.

2182             THE CHAIRPERSON:  Thank you.  The legal people have a question for you.  I apologize, I should have asked them before, but here we are.

2183             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  I want you to know that the rest of us are not illegal though.

2184             MS MURPHY:  Thank you, Mr. Chairman.

2185             Just a clarification with respect to your commitment by condition of licence for Canadian content Category 2 musical selections.  We would like to confirm that that commitment relates both to CanCon throughout the broadcast week as well as for the period from Monday to Friday 6:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m.

2186             MR. TRUHN:  Yes, it does.

2187             MS MURPHY:  Thank you.  Those are my questions, Mr. Chairman.


2188             THE CHAIRPERSON:  Thank you.  Thank you, Mr. Truhn.  Thank you to your people.  We will take a 10‑minute break and we will move to the next item.

‑‑‑ Upon recessing at 0931 / Suspension à 0931

‑‑‑ Upon resuming at 0947 / Reprise à 0947

2189             THE CHAIRPERSON:  Ms Secretary.

2190             THE SECRETARY:  Thank you, Mr. Chairman.

2191             We are now at Item 6 on our agenda, which is an application by Sun Country Cablevision Ltd. on behalf of a corporation to be incorporated for a licence to operate an English‑language FM commercial radio programming undertaking in Grande Prairie.  The new station would operate on frequency 103.3MHz (channel 277C1) with an effective radiated power of 100,000watts (non‑directional antenna/antenna height of 256.6metres).

2192             For the record and in response to the Commission's questions, the applicant has filed documents updating the ownership information relating to Sun Country Cablevision Ltd.  These documents can be viewed on the application file which is in the examination room.


2193             Appearing for the applicant today is Mr. Ted Pound, who will introduce his colleagues.  You will have 20 minutes for your presentation.  Please go ahead.

PRESENTATION / PRÉSENTATION

2194             MR. POUND:  Thank you.  Good morning.  Mr. Chairman, commissioners and Commission staff, my name is Ted Pound.  I am the President of Sun Country Cablevision, I am a founding director and shareholder of Sun Country Cablevision, which serves communities of Salmon Arm, Enderby and Armstrong in British Columbia for the past 21 years.  Details of my 30 plus years of senior broadcast experience are noted in the application, not including the recent award of the Alberta Centennial Medal for outstanding community service by the Province of Alberta.


2195             On my far right is Walter Gray and on my left is Ron East, both are founding directors, shareholders of Sun Country and past Presidents of the British Columbia Association of Broadcasters.  Between the three of us we have more than 110 years of radio business experience in small and medium markets.  The fourth of our Sun Country directors is Mike Hall on my immediate right, the youngest son of the late Bob Hall.  Mike was one of the inaugural employees of Sun Country Cable and has earned his way through the ranks to become the company's General Manager and now Managing Director.

2196             Mr. Gray is a former Mayor of Kelowna.  Initially, Mr. Gray and Mr. Bob Hall established and operated radio stations in Salmon Arm, Revelstoke, Kelowna and established a mini radio network in the adjacent West Kootenay.  Mr. Gray has been the President of the Chamber of Commerce, Director of the CAB and Radio Bureau of Canada.  He received the BCAB Broadcaster of the Year Award in 1993.  For eight years he served as board member of Telefilm Canada.

2197             Mr. East has had a significant radio career and a background, specifically working out of Prince George where he and the late Stan Davis established a radio company that services 18 communities in central British Columbia.  Mr. East is very involved in his community and he was instrumental in the founding of the University of Northern British Columbia in Prince George.


2198             The other members of our panel, on my far left is Elder Angie Crerar, President of the Métis Nation, Grande Prairie.  Elder Crerar is Canada's most recent recipient of the Governor General's Caring Canadian Award.  In the back row we have Mr. Mel Brundige, Media Consultant, with over 30 years broadcast experience in radio sales and management.  Mr. Brundige is a Radio Bureau of Canada CMM, that is a Certified Marketing Manager, and has served on the Radio Executive Committee of BBM for over 13 years.

2199             Mr. Howard Foot, Media Consultant, is a broadcast veteran with over 40 years of sales, management and ownership experience in Canadian newspaper, radio and television companies.  Mr. Don Turri, CACFP, is a partner with MacKay LLP Chartered Accountants and Chairman of MacKay LLP Partnership, a firm with offices throughout British Columbia, Alberta and the Northwest Territories.

2200             Mr. Chairman, members of the Commission, I would be pleased to start our oral presentation.

2201             Mr. Gray, Mr. East and I formed our business alliance over 35 years ago.  The three of us share the values of radio excellence and outstanding community service.  We believe that there is a remarkable opportunity Grande Prairie to introduce our founding principles of community radio excellence, relevant radio with a big community heart, radio that Grande Prairie citizens have invited us to bring to their growing community.


2202             To assure that the Sun Country community service vision is focused and relevant in Grande Prairie, it is our commitment to establish a community advisory board.  We are committed to the development and support of local Canadian music talent under the guidance of a knowledged professional in the business of Canadian and international music development.  Our classic rock format, along with a strong commitment to news and spoken word, are well researched and targeted for the market.

2203             MR. EAST:  My career has been involved with small and intermediate size radio markets for over 50 years.  I have observed many similarities between central British Columbia and Northern Alberta.  The dynamic growth that Grande Prairie has experienced shows no signs of slowing, the result is an extremely rich radio advertising market at Grande Prairie.


2204             Later in our presentation Mr. Brundige and Mr. Foot will focus your attention on their findings, both from their statistical review and their one on one interviews of local Grande Prairie merchants.  What exists before us today is a two‑radio station market serving a trading area of 120,000 and there is no local TV station which would normally be in existence in a market this size.  And there are resident sales persons in Grande Prairie whose job it is to sell advertising for the Dawson Creek and Fort St. John, B.C. stations and the nearby Peace River radio stations.  There is also a resident salesperson selling for CFRN TV out of Edmonton.

2205             The Grande Prairie broadcast advertising market is significant for the population size.  We firmly believe there is plenty of room to establish at least one other local radio station at Grande Prairie.

2206             MR. POUND:  Sun Country is proposing a classic rock FM radio station for Grande Prairie with a heavy emphasis on community news, sports, features and events.  Our radio station will be the voice for local community groups and musicians to promote awareness and showcase their talents.  We will reflect the spirit of this diverse and growing community by involving local groups, organizations and individuals.


2207             Radio listeners currently have limited listening choices.  Our music format will fill the void.  Our music format will consist of a mix between classic rock and new rock with a 70/30 percentage split.  The blended music will average a minimum of 35 per cent Canadian content, 40 per cent in the new rock category.  Research we have done on the market supports our classic rock format.  We are targeting an audience that skews slightly higher male between the ages of 25 and 54 with our core audience 35 to 44 and our median age is 39.

2208             We are committed to contributing over $735,600 in cash and in‑kind local support to Canadian Talent Development; $231,000 is in cash, $504,000 is in‑kind support.  We will support the small market Canadian Association of Broadcasters, Canadian Development Plan initiative with $21,000 in cash over the period of a licence that will be directed to the Alberta Recording Industries Association Canadian Talent Development.  Our CTD plan includes college scholarships, talent searches with airtime support and available digital studio production time.

2209             Grants to local musicians and a regular air schedule to support local Canadian talent.  This commitment includes 21 30‑second commercials per week showcasing new Canadian album releases.  Sun Country is a member of ARIA, the Alberta Recording Industries Association, whose mandate is to support excellence, diversity and vitality of American artists and the Alberta recording industry.


2210             To help coordinate our Canadian Talent Development commitments Mr. Neil MacGonigill, President of Indelible Music Inc., has agreed to join our community advisory board.  Neil has spent over 35 years nurturing and developing and guiding the careers of Canadian artists such as Jann Arden, KD Lang, Paul Brandt and Ian Tyson.  The experience has given him a unique perspective pertaining to the challenges and opportunities that lie ahead for a new generation of Canadian music talents.

2211             We are aware of our in‑kind support will not qualify in CRTC terms of Canadian Talent Development, but believe the dedicated initiatives are significant and bring value to our application.

2212             Our morning show, like all on‑air programs, will be focused on what is important to our listeners of Grande Prairie.  Our news, sports, weather and road reports will be focused on providing local information first.  We will employ three fulltime news staff members plus local stringers to cover the issues that are important to our community.  During an average week in the category news‑related surveillance we will commit 313 minutes of news, weather, road reports and sports.  We will broadcast 58 separate newscasts with sports highlights.


2213             In the general interest spoken word category we will commit to 316 minutes that will include a five‑minute Aboriginal program twice a week.  As part of our commitment to the local sports and recreational groups within that community we plan to recognize and salute the local volunteers, the coaches and athletes through a weekly program called Local Heroes.  Providing over 30 years of airtime during the week for this program in a series of 60‑second features.

2214             Black Gold will highlight the history and events of the oil patch in a daily 60‑second feature that will air 21 times during the week.  We will focus on the agricultural community with a daily 60‑second feature aired 21 times a week.  Our daytime programming will be live from 6:00 a.m. until 6:00 p.m. throughout the work week, 10:00 a.m. until 6:00 p.m. on Saturdays and 10:00 a.m. until 2:00 p.m. on Sundays to start, but we plan to add more live programming as the station matures and grows.


2215             At the heart of every community are non‑profit community groups working with thousands of volunteers.  Our goal is to give them free access to our airwaves on a regular basis to promote their fundraising events, ask for volunteers and raise the level of awareness in the community for their cause.     As apart of our commitment to the local community we are offering free access to our airwaves through a 60‑second feature that will run once an hour, 24 hours a day, over two and a half hours a week.

2216             When 103.3 signs on the air we will also launch our 103.3 Grande Prairie Children's Charity, Children Are Champions.  The charity will focus on raising funds to help children in the Grande Prairie area.  A non‑profit organization will be set‑up to raise those funds then distribute them to needy organizations, families and projects.  Our community advisory board will screen and evaluate the many different organizational projects submitted that deal with children in the area.  Whether it is a new playground, expenses for families to travel to larger centres for health treatments or simply paying for children for financially‑challenged families to participate in recreational activities, we will make a difference to Grande Prairie families.

2217             We are committed to working with the Grande Prairie Community College in the development of a local radio broadcast course that will develop local broadcasters and broadcast journalists.  We will actively support the broadcast practicum programs of other Alberta broadcast schools in all facets of our operation.


2218             MR. EAST:  Now to the market dynamics of our proposal.  We will review the potential advertising dollars available from the market, the basis of our projections, the sources of new radio revenues and unusual revenue circumstances of this very buoyant market.

2219             Mr. Foot will now review the attitude of the business community toward the idea of a new Grande Prairie radio station.

2220             MR. FOOT:  I have been involved in local media sales for the past 40 years, 26 of those years in local radio sales.  As a result of 43 in‑person interviews that I conducted over a year ago in Grande Prairie with that business community I identified the following factors.  Number one, the rates charged by the two local stations were felt to be too high.  Number two, the advertisers want to spend more money on radio, but the local stations are sold out much of the time.  Number three, there is a general feeling that the stations are operating as fat cats.


2221             Number four, with the tremendous economic health of the market more and more companies are moving into Grande Prairie and this puts even more strain on the amount of airtime available to businesses for advertising.  Number five, the Friday edition of the local Herald‑Tribune newspaper is loaded with flyers and is of the size that you would expect in a much larger market.  Number six, the major reason for optimism is that 76.7 per cent of the businesses that I talked with are definitely in support of another radio station in Grande Prairie.

2222             In summation, I would just like to say that if I was 30 years younger I would love to sell advertising for Sun Country's new radio station for Grande Prairie, because I feel it would be a very successful career.

2223             MR. EAST:  Mr. Brundige will now review the distribution of new advertising dollars and the results of a statistical approach to this radio market.

2224             MR. BRUNDIGE:  I am here today to give you some background on the revenue projections I prepared for the Sun Country application.  The projections were prepared using two methodologies.  As a percentage of retail trade in the county and from per capita spending on radio advertising in Northern Alberta, which was obtained from a special Statistics Canada report, both methodologies indicated a radio market of approximately $5 million, this is for 2004, which is a reasonable number for a market the size of Grande Prairie.


2225             Both methods, however, suffered from the disadvantage of using average numbers from wide geographical areas and applying them to a small geographical area, the County of Grande Prairie.  A visit to the market lead me to conclude that it was an extremely hot market undergoing frantic growth that would probably continue for a number of years.  A restaurant I went to had only half its tables opened because they could not hire enough staff to service the entire restaurant.  The hotel I stayed in had a list of job fairs on its happening this week board that indicated three to four a day for the next seven days for various companies.


2226             Projecting revenue with any degree of accuracy in a market situation such as you find in Grande Prairie is very difficult.  But I concluded that, based on my previous research in the extremely hot marketplace, that a number in excess of $6 million was probably correct for 2004.  I worked in Prince George in the 1960s when it was a very hot market and I knew that the radio revenue would be very high for two reasons, every ad campaign would work and the retailers were making so much money that normal percentages went by the wayside and ad budgets of 6 and 7 per cent would not be uncommon as opposed to the normal 3 to 3.5.  For these reasons, I regarded the revenue projections contained in our application as very conservative.

2227             Now that we have reviewed the revenue projections from the incumbent broadcasters' applications for second broadcast licences, we know that our projects were very conservative.  It is documented that the current value of the market is in excess of $8 million.

2228             MR. GRAY:  During our survey of the Grande Prairie market beginning 18 months ago and, in particular, since numerous visits beginning last fall, all four of the Sun Country directors have played a hands‑on role in developing and seeking support and input for our application, talking with community leaders and learning about the needs and opportunities in the Grande Prairie region.  The fact that there are 10 applicants for radio licences demonstrates that growth in the region, the sustainable economy and the geographic advantage this community has says volumes.


2229             In the April issue of MoneySense Magazine Grande Prairie is ranked number four in all of Canada in a survey of Canada's best places to live based on measurable criteria.  In the specific category of population growth Alberta really cleaned up, Calgary is number one for Canada, Red Deer is number two and Grande Prairie ranked number four.  Grande Prairie is ninth highest in the nation for household income.

2230             As an independent applicant, an experienced communications company very committed to service to the community, Sun Country will be a fresh new competitive choice.  We firmly that this citizens and advertisers of Grande Prairie deserve and will support more choice.  Our research with community leaders tells us that a new station needs to offer more local news coverage and to work to connect the community and to offer a fresh new music format so that there is more choice and diversity in the marketplace.

2231             Our anecdotal findings are that there is an important role for local radio in the fight against crime and in education with regard to drug abuse, particularly amongst youth and young adults.  To that end we met a number of times with the RCMP and with the City of Grande Prairie Crime Prevention Coordinator.  We have discussed specific programs to deal with many of the social challenges of a growing community.


2232             In speaking with Elder Angie Crerar, who is with us today, President of the Métis Nation, we learned that radio is the most effective medium to inform and connect the Aboriginal community.  Sun Country is committed to meet that challenge.

2233             We want to broadcast the Grande Prairie Storm Junior A hockey games.  We have a letter on file with the Commission from the business manager of the team following our meeting with the manager/coach of the Storm expressing interest in our desire to do those broadcasts, it is win‑win and it adds remarkably to community spirit.  Frankly, we are surprised that the games are not being broadcast.

2234             In a letter on file with the Commission from Persona, the Grande Prairie cable company, let me quote Persona's President, Mr. Dean MacDonald:

"The affinity between local cable television and local radio is strong.  We currently work with another local licensee and would welcome the opportunity to work with others."

2235             He goes on to state:


"The radio experience and community track record of Sun Country principles is exemplary.  They understand the opportunities that exist in a fast‑growing market like Grande Prairie and have agreed to work closely with Persona to ensure residents are well served with local information and entertainment.  We encourage you, the CRTC, to award the licence to this applicant."

2236             And the Mayor of Grande Prairie stated in his letter:

"The City of Grande Prairie supports the efforts of Ted Pound in pursuing the opportunity of a new independent locally‑operated FM radio station for Grande Prairie."

2237             Mr. Chairman, members of the Commission, Grande Prairie Mayor, Wayne Ayling, expresses exactly our intentions, to be a new independent, locally‑operated radio station.


2238             Reference was made in Mr. Pound's opening comments that Sun Country has established a community advisory board.  On numerous market visits in developing our community advisory board we identified key community leaders who will assist our vision of bringing relevant radio to Grande Prairie.  The community advisory board will have direct input to management, they will be our additional eyes and ears of the community.

2239             The members of the community advisory board include Elder Angie Crerar, President of the Métis Nation representing the Aboriginal community; Dr. Scott McAlpine, PhD., Dean, Faculty of Arts, Science and Education at Grande Prairie Regional College; City Alderman, Bill Given, owner of a media design company, age 29, the youngest person ever elected to council; Neil MacGonigill, President of Indelible Music, his principal focus and responsibility will be in the development of local talent; Jackie Clayton, President of the Grande Prairie Chamber of Commerce and local retailer businesswoman; Alderman Dwight Logan, local businessman and highly involved in local service organizations, he is a former two‑term mayor and is currently serving his third term as Alderman, his principal interest is having more local news reporting on local media; Karen Gariepy, the City Program Facilitator for the Community Action on Crime Prevention; Constable Scott Haggerty, the Community Crime Prevention Officer for the Grande Prairie RCMP.


2240             It is the intention of Sun Country to add three or four additional members to the community advisory board.  We will seek a youth member, someone to represent the arts community and other areas of importance that the committee may recommend itself.  Sun Country is committed to connecting with the Grande Prairie community.

2241             I would now like to introduce one of the members of our community advisory board, Elder Angie Crerar.

2242             MS CRERAR:  Thank you, Walter.

2243             I am happy to be here today in support of the Sun Country FM radio application for Grande Prairie.  I am impressed with Sun Country's interest and commitment to advance the interests of the Aboriginal community of Grande Prairie and region.  I am honoured to be a member of the Sun Country Radio community advisory board.  I can assure the CRTC that I will advance the interests of the Aboriginal community and I will also work to advance a positive relationship between the Aboriginals and the non‑Aboriginals.  I look forward to my role on Sun Country's Community Advisory Board.  Thank you.


2244             MR. POUND:  We at Sun Country are a small group of experienced and passionate broadcasters who believe in local community radio, the kind of radio that listeners and advertisers alike trust.  We want to bring diversity and grassroots radio to Grande Prairie.  We are committed to using our knowledge, experience and passion for local radio in creating a new corporate citizen that the community of Grande Prairie can be proud of.

2245             Thank you for your attention.  We are available for questions.

2246             THE CHAIRPERSON:  Thank you, Mr. Pound.  Could I draw your attention to your page 9 of your presentation this morning?  You said that the blended music mix will average a minimum of 35 per cent Canadian content and you added that it will be 40 per cent for new rock music.  Am I right?

2247             MR. POUND:  Yes, that is correct.

2248             THE CHAIRPERSON:  Was it part of the application or it is something that you just added on this morning?

2249             MR. POUND:  Sorry?

2250             THE CHAIRPERSON:  Was it part of the application per se or is it something that you added this morning while you were making ‑‑


2251             MR. POUND:  We were clarifying that segment.  Part of our application said 35 per cent and the segment of the ‑‑ said more than 35 per cent actually ‑‑ was clarifying that the new music portion of that format would exceed 40 per cent.

2252             THE CHAIRPERSON:  Because I also noticed that throughout the presentation ‑‑ not throughout the presentation, but in some instances you added some information that were not in your written oral presentation ‑‑ to say written oral presentation, but..  But the things that you have added are also all part of the written submission?

2253             MR. POUND:  Yes ‑‑

2254             THE CHAIRPERSON:  They were, okay.

2255             MR. POUND:  ‑‑ and support letters to support that too.

2256             THE CHAIRPERSON:  Fine.  I am asking Commissioner Williams to ask the questions.

2257             COMMISSIONER WILLIAMS:  Good morning, Mr. Pound and Sun Country panel.

2258             Would you like the questions addressed through yourself, Mr. Pound, or through your General Manager?

2259             MR. POUND:  Probably direct them to me and I will redirect them through the panel.


2260             COMMISSIONER WILLIAMS:  Okay, thank you.  Well, we will begin in the area of gaining a better understanding of your proposed music format and how it differs from the other competing classic rock, classic hits and soft AC formats being offered and then specifically looking for why your proposed format would best provide Grande Prairie adult males, 25 to 44, with a superior level of programming diversity.

2261             Nine of the 10 competing Grande Prairie radio applications, including yours, are proposing to serve the Grande Prairie market with mainstream commercial FM music formats.  These formats are, in broad terms, classic rock, classic hits and soft AC adult contemporary.  As is the case with your application, most have identified adult male listeners in the 25 to 54 age group as being underserved by the two incumbent stations in the market.  As an applicant in the competitive process, we assume that you have reviewed the other applications.

2262             You have identified the 25 to 44‑year old male listener as the core audience group you would target with your proposed blended classic rock/new rock format and contend that this is the principal audience group that is underserved by the existing Grande Prairie radio stations.


2263             I am curious about Grande Prairie's adult female listeners in the general 25 to 54 age group, and I am curious in a professional not a personal way.  Would you also characterize women in either age group as being underserved in the current market or do you feel their needs are being met by either the existing CHR station, the country station, or perhaps even an out‑of‑market station?

2264             MR. POUND:  I think our response in that area is, a general response first of all, the market is underserved with quality radio and the diversity of formats. Your specific question is in regard to the female members of the marketplace.  No, I don't think they are being properly served entirely.  There is a real opportunity to bring quality radio.  In this case, when you look in our application, find the format finder, you will see the various targets that they identified.  And the format that we are proposing, the classic rock format, although it does skew slightly to the male side, it does offer full coverage to male and female and I think they will be properly served.

2265             COMMISSIONER WILLIAMS:  Concerning your proposed format, could you explain to us why you feel your format rather than say classic hits, soft AC or even a gospel music format would be the better choice of format to serve the Grande Prairie market?


2266             MR. POUND:  Again, I will refer back to the format finder.  We spent quite a bit of time researching the market to determine what was most applicable and would be best received in the marketplace.  And as you have heard from other applicants already and you will hear from more applicants as we go forward, generally everybody has targeted that format with skews to the left or skews to the right.  I think that supports our view on it too.  We will probably get into this question, if there are more than two applicants we have some views on that too.

2267             COMMISSIONER WILLIAMS:  I am sure you appreciate that there are five other applicants proposing the same format as we have just been discussing.  While you provided some additional format information in your presentation, I wonder if you can expand that information.  What, in your opinion, are the compelling differences, if any, between your proposed format and the five other classic rock type formats that would make your format the best choice to add programming and musical diversity to the market?  What sets your programming above and beyond the others?


2268             MR. POUND:  I think our format goes beyond music.  Our format, as alluded to earlier yesterday, is a lifestyle.  In our experience in the various communities we have worked radio in British Columbia.  Radio stations were much more than music.  Music became the cement or the mortar of building the brick or the wall of the radio station.  The strength of our format targets a marketplace of a young vibrant community that is active and growing and are looking for that niche, if you like, that music mix that they are currently not receiving.

2269             We feel that the execution of the format that we will bring to the community, supported with the commitment to quality talent, will set us apart from any other broadcaster.

2270             COMMISSIONER WILLIAMS:  And I am interested, why a blended classic as opposed to a pure format?  Why have you chosen a blended classic rock/new rock format rather than either a pure classic rock format or pure album‑oriented rock format?


2271             MR. POUND:  Again, we think it best serves the market.  It is a complementary format, the new music and the classic rock.  It was touched on about the energy involvement, that is it exactly.  Although it is a little out of the form, I will share the story.  My youngest son, 17, just graduated and the high school theme was The Carpenters We've Only Just Begun, which is quite a stretch for a 17‑year old and their peer group.  But that is the identity that this music format stretches.  It goes from ourselves all the way down to the 17‑year old and those are the two extreme ends of that format.  But by mixing the new music with the classic rock you get a perfect blend, in our view, that the market wants to hear.

2272             COMMISSIONER WILLIAMS:  Okay, thank you.  We will now move into the area of spoken word.  In your March 30, 2006 deficiency response you provided us with a well‑documented breakdown outlining the level of scripted spoken word you proposed to offer on your station.  However, it would be helpful to get some idea as to the level of non‑scripted spoken word that you would offer.  By non‑scripted I am referring to things such as announcer talk and such.  As an average estimate, how many hours of non‑scripted spoken word do you anticipate on this station?

2273             MR. POUND:  Well, maybe I can really cover all the spoken word.  I will start with the news‑related surveillance.  We have 313 minutes committed, about five hours, that is news and sports of about 206 minutes per week, those are 58 newscasts approximately three minutes in length.  They will air between 6:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. Monday to Friday, and between 7:00 a.m. and 1:00 p.m. Saturday and Sunday.


2274             We have weather news, 29 minutes per week of weather.  And then weather surveillance, 63 minutes per week of weather, that would be 126 forecasts.  Road information is very critical in the area.  We have allocated 15 minutes per week there.  And this is specifically answering your question now, general interest of spoken word is 316 minutes:  10 minutes would be our First Nations update, it is a five‑minute program airing twice a week; 30 minutes would be the Local Heroes salute to local coaches and volunteers; 150 minutes would be our community service free air time that we talked about for service groups and charities, 60 seconds, once per hour, seven days a week; 21 minutes a program called Black Gold, weekly feature on the oil patch, a 60‑second feature running 21 times per week; an agriculture program, 60‑second feature 21 times per week, 21 minutes; we have 63 minutes in music‑related features, this is the announcer prep regarding music particularly, this doesn't cover music this covers the spoken word portion; and 21 minutes of additional announcer, if you like, soapbox or local events comments.


2275             COMMISSIONER WILLIAMS:  Thank you.  Your answers contain as much information as the preamble to some of the CRTC's questions, so you may see a bit of overlap in some of the questions that are following this and some of that is because of the completeness of your answer to this first question.  So if you can just bear with us as we work our way through.

2276             In your March 30 deficiency response that your general interest scripted word program would focus on such things as local events, oil, agriculture, charity, non‑profit, something you call soapbox commentary, that the programming would account for four hours of spoken word per week.  Would you provide us with more details on the type of content you would provide in these programs or duration and how they would be scheduled?  And I think this is one of those questions that falls into that category, so if there is anything more that you haven't covered that you wish to add you are certainly free to do so now, okay.


2277             You have provided a programming grid on page 95 of your application that detailed the level of live versus automated programming to be offered on the proposed station.  We have recalculated your numbers to reflect live and automated programming levels over the regulated 126‑hour broadcast.  We can see that you would offer 72 hours per week of what you term live programming and 54 hours per week of what you term automated programming.  What do you mean by the term automated programming?

2278             MR. POUND:  Those would be the voice tracked pre‑recorded announcer inserts on the rotation of the music.

2279             COMMISSIONER WILLIAMS:  And would that music be fully automated music programming?

2280             MR. POUND:  Yes, it would be.

2281             COMMISSIONER WILLIAMS:  You said your station would provide a local service that would cater to what you described as the underserved 25 to 44 male listener of Grande Prairie.  However, as a local service you have decided to offer automated programming from 6:00 p.m. until midnight Monday to Friday accounting for 30 hours of programming.  As well, with the exception of eight hours of live programming on Saturday between 10:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. and four hours of live on Sunday between 10:00 and 2:00, you would also offer 24 hours of automated programming over the weekend.  Would you elaborate on your ‑‑ what is your thinking behind this programming decision?


2282             MR. POUND:  I mean it is a combination of economic and serving the community.  As we indicated, we will expand that as quickly as economically feasible, because our belief historically in any market that we have operated radio stations before is it has been 24 hours live as opposed to the automation.  But I think the automation in the radio industry has become a factor of economics and we have taken a conservative approach to our application in that area to make sure that we are effective when we start out or turn on the radio station, if you like.  As events happen, if there was a Kelowna fire, as an example, our radio station would be live immediately no matter what time that would be.  But as laid out in our application, that is our intent at this moment.

2283             COMMISSIONER WILLIAMS:  Okay thank you, Mr. Pound.  On page 98 of your application you provide a news grid that outlines a scheduling duration and number of newscasts you will offer on the proposed station.  You indicate a total of 202 minutes of news content which mirrors the figure you provided in your March 30 deficiency.


2284             I see that of this 202 minutes no newscasts are scheduled between 6:00 and midnight on any day of the week and only 36 minutes of news programming is scheduled over the entire weekend.  Concerning the weekend newscasts, I see it is all scheduled in the morning with nothing scheduled over the 12 hour period from noon until midnight.  Again, could you give us a bit more information on how you reached this programming decision?

2285             MR. POUND:  That is correct and, again, it is based on a conservative approach on available staff.  We have targeted the key areas of presenting news.  We are committed, as I touched on moments ago, should significant news happen we will be live at any period during the day, I mean that becomes the mandate of our three members of the news department who get the call and have to be active very quickly.  We are committed to that as part of the community involvement.  But, as outlined, we are live between 6:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. Monday to Friday and are live 7:00 a.m. to 7:00 p.m. Saturday and Sunday in our newsroom.

2286             COMMISSIONER WILLIAMS:  And these people are on standby or on call or..?

2287             MR. POUND:  Absolutely, Blackberries, cell phones, whatever ‑‑

2288             COMMISSIONER WILLIAMS:  Okay.

2289             MR. POUND:  ‑‑ they will be available immediately.


2290             COMMISSIONER WILLIAMS:  Back to your news grid for a moment.  Where does the related surveillance material such as the 60 minutes of weather and 15 minutes of road information per week fit into this grid?  Is it scheduled to follow the newscasts or will this information be scheduled at other times of the day and, if so, when and would any of this be available on the weekends during the timeslots we have been talking about?

2291             MR. POUND:  Yes, it would be.  Part of that, as we touched on before, part of that information presented is the announcer also.  The 206 minutes per week run Monday to Friday as the times outlined, 6:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. and 7:00 a.m. to 1:00 p.m. Saturday and Sunday.  Those are the news, sports, weather.  The weather news itself runs 29 minutes per week.  The weather surveillance is part of the announcer's presentation and our road reports are scheduled during the Monday to Saturday live period also.

2292             COMMISSIONER:  During your 54 hours of automated programming what provisions and mechanisms would you have in place to go live to air with special news and information programming such as weather warnings, emergency measures and that sort of information?


2293             MR. POUND:  Yes, that is very very important for our radio station as, again, touching on our people are on call immediately.  Winter storms, blizzards, if you spend anytime in Grande Prairie, can be tremendous.

2294             COMMISSIONER WILLIAMS:  So who contacts them, how are they contacted?

2295             MR. POUND:  It becomes a management decision.  Just like you have an emergency plan in a company, if something happens here are the steps that you go through to make sure things are taken care of.

2296             COMMISSIONER WILLIAMS:  Okay, so let us say it is January of any given year and you have a blizzard.  I guess your General Manager has looked out the window and he sees there is a blizzard and he will start phoning people?  I am just trying to figure out how it would work.


2297             MR. POUND:  Sure, I mean as you know there is some anticipation of severe weather and that, just like you have planned your programming day, you start to anticipate and then you have a plan in place to deal with those emergency situations.  In situations, of course Prairie folks when we have been in the winter, we know that in some cases roads are cut off, in some cases people need to communicate to other people and they can't.  On the rare occasion there is no communication and the radio station is the only communication available.  That is the important role that our community station will take.

2298             COMMISSIONER WILLIAMS:  Okay, thank you.  Are there any challenges you face in creating relevant spoken word and news content to meet the needs of your target audience and, if so, what might they be and what specific plans do you have in place to serve them?

2299             MR. POUND:  Well 63 minutes of that 316 minutes of general interest spoken word are the responsibility of the announcers preparing their programs and they are focused on the music format relating to artists' events in that music genre.  But there is also 21 minutes of that spoken word content.  Again, it is the responsibility of the announcer, which may touch on the music but certainly would touch on the lifestyle of our audience, whether it be local events going on related to our audience or commentary on entertainment news environment, that is how we would communicate to them.


2300             COMMISSIONER WILLIAMS:  We will move into your contributions to talent.  In your March 30, 2006 deficiency response you indicated that in addition to the $20,000 annual direct expenditure commitments Sun Country would contribute an additional $3,000 as required as a participant in the CAB CTD plan.  For the public record, would you confirm that by condition of licence your proposed annual CTD expenditures would total $23,000 and, by extension, your CTD commitment over seven consecutive broadcast years would total $161,000?

2301             MR. POUND:  Our cash support, as we outlined, will be $231,000.  The $3,000 that you are referring to we would direct to the ARIA, the Alberta Recording Industries Association.

2302             COMMISSIONER WILLIAMS:  Right, as per your opening remarks.

2303             MR. POUND:  That is right.  If you like, I can go through the rest of it or we can wait for another question.

2304             COMMISSIONER WILLIAMS:  Sure, well maybe I will work through it and that way we will get all of the information on the record that we might otherwise miss.

2305             What measures, if any, will Sun Country have in place to ensure that the annual $5,000 grand prize will be used by the winning artist or band to underwrite studio time as stipulated in your application?


2306             MR. POUND:  That is part of the role of our community advisory board.  As we talked about, Mr. Neil MacGonigill will be our Canadian Talent Coordinator.  Neil and I go back a long time, we started our broadcasts careers together.  He moved towards the music industry and I moved towards playing the music that he developed in the music industry.  So the radio station itself will have an arms‑length approach to something like that, we won't make the final judgement, we will supply the funding.

2307             COMMISSIONER WILLIAMS:  What type of recorded material do you expect as a result of this initiative?  Are we talking about a master recording or the winning song or something else?

2308             MR. POUND:  It would be our intent to have a CD or what I used to call an album out of that, but we certainly would give exposure on our radio station and encourage other radio stations to do the same.

2309             COMMISSIONER WILLIAMS:  Will it be in a current rotation category this new song?

2310             MR. POUND:  That would be the intent, but we wouldn't deny the opportunity of local talent in another ‑‑ in a folk area, in a soft rock area, in a country area.  We will make time available within our format to profile and highlight that local Canadian talent.


2311             COMMISSIONER WILLIAMS:  How long would it be in your rotation?

2312             MR. POUND:  I am sorry?

2313             COMMISSIONER WILLIAMS:  How long do you anticipate Sun Country would keep the winning song in a current rotation?  Are we talking weeks or a couple months or..?

2314             MR. POUND:  It would always be part of the format, it would not disappear.  It would take a higher rotation, obviously, closer to the event and it would be profiled with more than just a rotation experience.  As a three‑month period perhaps it would fall back into a lesser rotation, but it will always be part of our library.

2315             COMMISSIONER WILLIAMS:  Okay, thank you.  Based on the total hours tuned estimates for your proposed service you expect to generate nearly 200,000 hours of audience tuning in year one, which represents approximately 13 per cent of the total hours tuned in the Grande Prairie market.  What factors lead you to believe that this is a large enough audience to sustain your business plan?

2316             MR. POUND:  I will pass that to Mr. East and then to Mr. Brundige.


2317             MR. EAST:  Let us go straight to Mr. Brundige.

2318             COMMISSIONER WILLIAMS:  Mr. Brundige.

2319             MR. BRUNDIGE:  I expect that the station will have roughly a 28 share of the audience in the City of Grande Prairie, in the County of Grande Prairie.  And that would indicate to me that somehow those numbers don't match up.

2320             COMMISSIONER WILLIAMS:  Okay, we can check that.  Can you tell me a bit about your economic analysis and research, Mr. Brundige?  Some of the other applicants like Hunsperger interviewed 300, Newcap 250, O.K. 403, Bear Creek 400.  What was the sample size of your research data?

2321             MR. BRUNDIGE:  I did not do the research that way.  Mr. Foot did the interviews.  I did a study based on the retail trade available in the County of Grande Prairie.

2322             COMMISSIONER WILLIAMS:  That is the 43 business owners and managers?

2323             MR. BRUNDIGE:  No, no, no.  Mr. Foot dealt with those people.

2324             COMMISSIONER WILLIAMS:  Okay.

2325             MR. BRUNDIGE:  Do you want me to continue on with what I did?

2326             COMMISSIONER WILLIAMS:  Yes please.


2327             MR. BRUNDIGE:  So I took the retail sales from Canadian markets and then projected a percentage of that number as the radio market for Grande Prairie.  Then I got Stats Canada to give me a special run on radio revenue in a defined area of northern Alberta and worked out a per capita amount of spending on radio advertising and applied that to the Grande Prairie market.  The numbers came in roughly $60,000 apart, one being slightly under $5 million and the other one being slightly over $5 million.  Then I went and did a visit to the market, I talked to various individuals in the market.  I am sorry I couldn't give you a list on it, because I was not doing what Mr. Foot ‑‑

2328             COMMISSIONER WILLIAMS:  That is fine.

2329             MR. BRUNDIGE:  ‑‑ was doing.  However, I came away from that visit convinced that the $5 million for 2004 that I had arrived at was low and that it would be considerably higher, probably in the $6 million for 2004.  As you have heard today and as I have heard today and as I have heard today, the market since 2004 has grown explosively so we are left with a very very conservative revenue projection.


2330             COMMISSIONER WILLIAMS:  Okay.  Based on your experience and the work that you have done, how many new radio stations do you believe Grande Prairie could support at this time?

2331             MR. BRUNDIGE:  I am sorry, who did you direct that question to?

2332             COMMISSIONER WILLIAMS:  Mr. Brundige, sorry, I was still ‑‑

2333             MR. BRUNDIGE:  Well, I think I will pass that question onto Mr. Pound.

2334             COMMISSIONER WILLIAMS:  Okay, Mr. Pound.

2335             MR. POUND:  Well, in light of the news that came forward yesterday, I think the market can quite comfortably support two new radio stations.

2336             COMMISSIONER WILLIAMS:  Okay, so it could quite easily support two new radio stations.  And if we were to licence one of the incumbents and an independent or two incumbents or two independents, which would be the preferred licensing scenario from your perspective for the Grande Prairie market?


2337             MR. POUND:  If we were able to influence the decision we would encourage two independents.  We think that brings more diversity to the marketplace, it creates more competition, it gets everybody focused.  In our history of broadcast radio enterprises that we have done we thrive in competition.  We look forward to a challenge.

2338             COMMISSIONER WILLIAMS:  Okay, thank you.  In the event the Commission decides not to licence you for the frequency for which you have applied, have you considered the use of another frequency?  If yes, which one and, if no, why not?

2339             MR. POUND:  Mr. Gray will respond to that.

2340             MR. GRAY:  It is of course only in recent months it became quite evident to us that there was the very real possibility there could be two licences granted, so obviously we had to look at where we might go should our frequency be awarded as well as us.  And we are convinced and we have confirmed with our consultant from DEM Allen & Associates that in fact the frequency allocation situation in Grande Prairie is really not an issue.  I think we have already heard some of the applicants suggest that there are three, four, possibly even more for opportunity, so ‑‑

2341             COMMISSIONER WILLIAMS:  So any one of these opportunities would be capable of meeting your coverage ‑‑

2342             MR. GRAY:  Yes, yes.


2343             COMMISSIONER WILLIAMS:  ‑‑ objectives and would have no negative impact on your business plan?

2344             MR. GRAY:  No.

2345             COMMISSIONER WILLIAMS:  Okay, I think that concludes my questioning, Mr. Chair.  Thank you very much.

2346             THE CHAIRPERSON:  Thank you, Mr. Williams.

2347             This morning in your oral presentation and again in answering to a question from Commissioner Williams you mentioned that your CTD cash commitments were $231,000.  The information that we have recorded amounts to $161,000, as Mr. Williams mentioned to you.  Could you, for our benefit, layout what are those commitments?

2348             MR. POUND:  Yes, thank you.  Five thousand dollar is the annual music scholarship to attend the Grande Prairie College fine arts music program.  And again, our community advisory board, in association with the college will adjudicate and determine where that money goes, to what individual.  Five thousand dollars annual talent search program, $2,500 goes directly to the first prize winner, $1,500 to the second prize winner and $1,000 to the third prize winner.


2349             We have budgeted $10,000 in local grants to support new Canadian songwriter, song singer performers to gain exposure in live performance and that is where the assistance of Mr. MacGonigill and our community advisory board will be, to adjudicate and evaluate those.  Ten thousand dollars in the annual business of music seminars.  This is annual seminar, again under the direction of MacGonigill will help new Canadian talent understand the business side of music.

2350             We will put on a workshop and bring the industry professionals to the community of Grande Prairie.  So that they have an opportunity to learn from people who have been in the business.  And really the key of this is it is the business of music, how to sign a contract, what to anticipate in a contract, what the experiences are on the road, how to budget accordingly, areas that they can share of their past experience to these new budding performers.  I think that is an overlooked area.  And of course, the $3,000 annual contribution to the Alberta Recording Industries Association.


2351             We are very committed that the money for the Canadian talent support comes out of the community as part of our broadcast facility and we are very passionate about the fact that it should go back into the community and on a secondary basis back into the region.

2352             THE CHAIRPERSON:  Staff has it recorded, your business, $10,000 that you are allocating to the business seminar.  Is it a new initiative that you are introducing today or was it really part of your application?  And if it was part of your application, where ‑‑ on which pages of the application will I find the information?

2353             MR. POUND:  It came out of the conversation in talking to Neil of making this commitment in our application.  This is new in our Canadian talent.  But you will see it identified in our support areas.

2354             THE CHAIRPERSON:  Okay, I have Commissioner Cugini who wants to ask a few questions.

2355             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  Good morning.  I just want to ask you a couple of questions on your format, classic rock versus new rock.  You mean new rock as opposed to alternative rock music?

2356             MR. POUND:  Yes, we do.

2357             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  And will these be scheduled in day parts or will the new rock be scattered throughout the day?

2358             MR. POUND:  It is all part of the mix.


2359             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  And the difference between the classic rock and the new rock, other than the era, is there also a difference in the artists that you will play?  In other words, will we hear a Rolling Stones song in the classic rock and then their latest release and that will be considered a new rock song, or will you be introducing new artists in the new rock category?

2360             MR. POUND:  It will be principally new artists because of the growth in that area of the music industry, but it will feature a Rolling Stones new song.  It is new music, current music is probably a more apt description as opposed to what you were calling it, alternative rock, as a category description.  It is new music.

2361             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  And in terms of your reflection of the Aboriginal community, will that include playing Aboriginal rock music?

2362             MR. POUND:  Absolutely.  We would encourage that if it is available.  The support of Elder Angie and her direction, so that we can connect to that Aboriginal community.  That was the reason that we invited her to be part of our community advisory board so that we did have that connect.


2363             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  Thank you.  Thank you, Mr. Chair, those are my questions.

2364             THE CHAIRPERSON:  Mrs. Cram.

2365             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  I want to go back to the CTD and I confess, I am confused and I think we all are.  If I can take you to 5.5 of your supplementary brief.  By my numbering it is 18‑Z‑4 and 5.  Have you found it?  Supplementary brief 5.5.

2366             And I read that, and maybe it was amended, as saying you would be providing $20,000 per year cash commitment.

2367             MR. POUND:  Is there a page number on the top right?

2368             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  It says 18‑Z‑4.

2369             MR. POUND:  Yes.

2370             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  You have it?  And 18‑Z‑5, both say your CTD would consist of $20,000 per year cash.

2371             MR. POUND:  Yes.

2372             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  There is no reference whatsoever ‑‑ there is reference to the $5,000 scholarship, the talent search $5,000, and $10,000 to local musicians, singers and bands ‑‑ there is no reference to the $10,000 for the business side of music seminars.

2373             MR. POUND:  That is correct.


2374             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  And there is no reference to the $3,000 a year for ARIA?

2375             MR. POUND:  It is referenced in the deficiency letter where we were asked is the $3,000 inclusive of the $20,000 or external ‑‑ that may not be the right wording ‑‑ and we responded it is external to it and we would ‑‑

2376             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  Can you tell me what page that is on your deficiency letter?  Maybe I can direct you to paragraph 6 or question 6, March 30 letter.  You have it?

2377             MR. HALL:  Yes.

2378             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  Okay, what that says is you will pay the $20,000 cash but it does not include the small market contribution as a participant in the CAB CTD plan.

2379             THE SECRETARY:  Can you please turn on your microphone when you are answering, you know, for us to have the benefit of the ‑‑ for the transcript.  If you could just have your microphone turned on when you are answering the questions, so that we can have it for the benefit of the transcript, thank you.

2380             MR. POUND:  Sorry.

2381             THE SECRETARY:  That is okay.


2382             MR. POUND:  Yes, the CAB Canadian talent plan and in that Canadian talent plan is a list of where the authorized or accepted, I guess is a better word, participants in that Canadian talent money and we allocate it to the Alberta Recording Industries Association.  We did not identify the Alberta Recording Industries there.

2383             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  Yes.  You will agree with the that the public record, which is what the competitors have to compete with, there is no mention of ARIA?

2384             MR. POUND:  Correct.

2385             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  And you will agree with me that the competitors had no notice whatsoever that you were going to give $10,000 to the those business seminars?

2386             MR. POUND:  Correct.

2387             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  And you agree with me that this is a competitive process?

2388             MR. POUND:  Yes, I do.

2389             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  You amended your application and in your amended application at 7.2, if you can find that, in your March 30 letter, you amended your..

2390             MR. HALL:  Question ‑‑


2391             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  Have you got it?

2392             MR. HALL ‑‑ 7?

2393             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  7.2, it is Canadian Talent Development.

2394             MR. HALL:  And that is the March 16 letter?

2395             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  Yes.  You have it, 7.2?  It is the amended application that you filed with your deficiency letter.

2396             MR. HALL:  On the March 16 letter I have just seven under programming.

2397             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  Yes, and then keep going down the page.  Okay, by my numbering ‑‑ the numbering on the page it is 92, page 92.  Does that help you?

2398             MR. HALL:  No, I don't know what..

2399             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  You can't find it?

2400             MR. HALL:  No, I can't.


2401             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  Okay.  I then wanted to talk about your 313 minutes of news, sports and weather as you said in your talk today at page 12.  And I was looking at the file on page 98 of the file, and I hope you can find that, it is the grid, the news grid, and it says 206 minutes for 58 newscasts.  Is the difference between the 206 minutes and the 313 minutes that you mentioned today those surveillance and road reports that you were referring to with my colleague, Commissioner Williams?  I am sorry, have you not found the news grid?

2402             MR. HALL:  The news grid is right there.  Yes, 206 minutes.

2403             MR. POUND:  The 206 minutes is our 58 newscasts, approximately three minutes that are being aired between 6:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. Monday to Friday and between 7:00 a.m. and 1:00 p.m. Saturday and Sunday.

2404             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  Okay, that is the 206 minutes, right?

2405             MR. POUND:  Correct.

2406             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  So what is the difference between the 206 and the 313 of news, sports and weather that you spoke of today?

2407             MR. POUND:  Road reports 15 minutes per week, the weather surveillance 63 minutes per week, 126 forecasts, the weather news, which is your extended forecast, 29 minutes per week of weather news.

2408             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  Okay.  So really ‑‑ and this 206 minutes, when you say news on page 98, you mean news, weather, sports?


2409             MR. POUND:  Yes.  Three minutes of news, approximately a minute of sports and 30 seconds of weather.

2410             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  Okay.  So if I were what I would say comparing apples to apples, when the other applicants are referring to their newscasts, I would be comparing 206 minutes versus what the other ones are saying were their newscasts?

2411             MR. POUND:  I would agree.

2412             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  Okay, thank you very much.  Thank you, Mr. Chair.

2413             THE CHAIRPERSON:  Mr. Langford.

2414             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  Thank you, Mr. Chairman.


2415             I too have a fairly simple question of clarification and it may just be that I misheard you but it is better, rather than wait for the transcript, to get it on the record.  As I understood your projected audience for your service, for your new service, on page 29 of the Carat market study you projected an audience of 10.7 per cent for year one rising to 15.1 per cent by year seven and that would be for all persons 12 plus.  I thought, however, that in response to Commission Williams' question you predicted a 28 per cent share by year seven.  Now, I may have heard that wrong, but I think that is worth clarifying.

2416             MR. POUND:  I will pass that to Mr. Brundige.

2417             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  Thank you.

2418             MR. BRUNDIGE:  Does the Kerat study become part of the application?

2419             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  Well it is now, it is filed to support the application and, to be very clear, I have year one at 10.7 per cent, year two at 12.3 per cent, year three at 13.9 per cent, year four at 14.2, year five 14.5, year six 14.8, year seven 15.1.  But the number I thought I heard this morning was 28 per cent which would be, I think you would agree, a considerable improvement on 15.1.  So I just want to make sure that we have a clear record on this.

2420             MR. BRUNDIGE:  The 28 per cent is what we believe the format will deliver.

2421             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  Sorry, could you repeat that?

2422             MR. BRUNDIGE:  The 28 share is what we believe the format will deliver.


2423             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  Okay, so you have got to help me here.  You are basically saying the Kerat study was the Kerat study, but having had time to reflect on the entire context of this application you would like to state that you foresee a 28 per cent share?

2424             MR. BRUNDIGE:  That is correct.

2425             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  And can you give me any idea kind of what elements sort of ‑‑ I mean it is just ‑‑

2426             MR. BRUNDIGE:  How did I get there?

2427             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  ‑‑ right up there with St. Paul on the road to Damascus, you know.  This is a huge conversion, you have almost doubled your projections.  Can you give us some help to understand that?


2428             MR. BRUNDIGE:  Yes, I can.  I came on board with Sun Country after the Kerat study was done.  What I did in doing the audience projections was that I looked at Brandon, Lethbridge and Prince George where you had small to medium sized markets with rock stations in the marketplace.  I looked at what share those stations had.  I then did some, which I must admit is subjective, juggling and poking at it, and then applied the share points to the population of Grande Prairie.  And I arrived at a number ‑‑ of course, when you are doing this kind of work you are really not going to wind up with a number, you are going to wind up with a range ‑‑ and I wound up with a range of between 25 and 30 as the share that could be expected for this format.

2429             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  Okay, I wonder if I could pursue that with you for a moment, and you may want to get back to me on these numbers and that is fair.  Did you arrive at that 28 share based on only one new service being licensed?

2430             MR. BRUNDIGE:  Yes, I did.

2431             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  Now here is a series of scenarios for you and, as I say, if you want to get back to us in Phase 3 that is fine.  I would like to have your reaction to the notion of two commercial being licensed, your reaction to two commercial plus the speciality gospel station being licensed and your reaction to three commercial being licensed.  And of course, the good news is you would be one of anyone of those scenarios.  But I would think the 28 figure may change, but I leave with you if you want to get back to us on that, that is perfectly all right and you can do that in Phase 3.

2432             MR. POUND:  Just for clarification, you are looking in the context of share of market?

2433             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  Yes.

2434             MR. POUND:  Okay.


2435             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  You might also, if you want to, indicate whether you think that would have a major impact on your business plan, you can throw that in too.  I mean, because all the information is relevant to us trying to decide first of all what is ‑‑ you know, we have to figure out what is good for the market, what is good for you, we don't want to put you in an..  It is no fun to licence someone and watch them die, this is not where we get our pleasure.  And we get no pleasure out of watching incumbents go down the tubes either.  So if you have any views on that at the same time, if you want to share those with us, that would be fine.

2436             MR. BRUNDIGE:  Commissioner Langford, I would like to ask you one question or make a comment about what you have asked us to do.

2437             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  Usually we ask the questions, but all right I will give you a chance.


2438             MR. BRUNDIGE:  I am well aware of that, sir.  In looking at two commercial plus the gospel, two commercial and three commercial, the share that can be projected out of that scenario is very very dependent on what the incumbents do to shuffle their formats compared with what the new stations are doing.  And I would like to ask you if you would accept an answer for each one of those scenarios that gave you a range?

2439             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  Absolutely.  I understand that, you know, we don't have any Harry Potters here, this isn't divination class or something.

2440             MR. BRUNDIGE:  Yes.

2441             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  So sure, as close as you can come to help us to understand what happens with us on different scenarios.  Because I am interested to see here that coming on board late, sir, you have looked at 15 and practically doubled it because you are saying no, no, no, you know, I understand this market differently.  So obviously, it is very tempting to for us to want to pick your brain and your experience and say well help us understand the sort of fallout that might come from different scenarios.  And if you could share that with us in Phase 3 that would be very very helpful.

2442             MR. BRUNDIGE:  No problem.

2443             MR POUND:  If I could add a comment to your overall question?

2444             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  Absolutely.


2445             MR. POUND:  We have operated radio stations at times when interest rates were 20 per cent and employment or unemployment, depending on what side of the fence you are on I guess, has been as high as 17 per cent.  We know how to operate in a very tight economic environment without taking the salt off the popcorn, if you like.  And we are prepared to operate in that environment, if need be, to bring good radio to Grande Prairie.

2446             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  Well, I appreciate that and you will have two more phases in which to kind of make that statement as you begin to, you know, understand more of what your competitors are saying.  And I think by now people ‑‑ anybody who hasn't figured out the line of questioning coming off this panel by now maybe should be starting with a paper route rather than a radio station.  But any guidance you can give us would be gratefully received.

2447             MR. EAST:  I wonder if I ‑‑

2448             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  Those are my questions, Mr. Chair.

2449             THE CHAIRPERSON:  Thank you, Mr. Langford.  Do you want to add something, Mr. East?


2450             MR. EAST:  Yes, I do.  I just wanted to clarify the differences of the numbers that Mr. Langford has brought up.  What we did in gathering our statistics is we retained Mr. Brundige, we retained Mr. Foot, we retained the Kerat company to do their work for us and whatever they came up with is what we have filed with you.  So that is the difference and so it is in there to be noticed as a difference.

2451             Now, speaking specifically of the Ceret, we also had them do a financial segment for us.  And while there were some of these differences that we had on the programming side, on the revenue side they projected something like $700,000 in the first year and we said no, no, we can't accept that, we don't want to put that in our brief at all, so what have you done possibly wrong.  And they come back and said no, statistically was where they approached their numbers from, statistically that is what the market should do.  So their revenue numbers are not in there, but their programming numbers are and they are somewhat different in areas compared to what we finalized for ourselves.

2452             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  Well then it is my guess, that though we have given you a little homework, you should welcome the opportunity to straighten this out.

2453             MR. EAST:  Right, love homework.

2454             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  Thank you.


2455             MR. GRAY:  Mr. Langford, if I can comment, we do appreciate that opportunity.  What happened and that was the sequence of events that Mr. East provided to you, we simply looked at the Kerat report to do with the financial thing and chose not to include it, because clearly on that basis why would we even apply.  They were clearly wrong, this was Grande Prairie, not somewhere else.

2456             However, as far as the information you do have on file, it was filed because clearly they nailed the format, they knew where the void was, we agreed with that, we simply did not agree with the share and that is why you and Mr. Brundige are having the exchange you are.  So the opportunity you have now given us is appreciated and we will get that clarified.  But it is rather interesting because in this case Kerat, the consultant, we got their information and usually you pay them for things you don't know, but the experienced broadcasters at this table simply said the client knows more than the consultant.

2457             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  That is why we are licensing you folks maybe and not Kerat ever.

2458             MR. GRAY:  Thank you for the licence.

2459             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  Check the word maybe.


2460             THE CHAIRPERSON:  Mr. Pound, you are going to have a community advisory board and there were no discussions whatsoever about your..  But could you give, in a few strokes, give me its mandate and how often they will be meeting and to whom they are going to be reporting and is it a consultative board or is it a board that makes decisions or whatever?

2461             MR. POUND:  Thank you.  I will pass that answer to Mr. Gray.

2462             MR GRAY:  Thank you, Mr. Arpin.

2463             First of all, I would like to mention that the notion of the community advisory board is on the record and it will be found in at least one of the letters of support and it would find its way onto the record that way, because we obviously talked to community leaders and it was really in the community of Grande Prairie itself that the idea came up.

2464             We as broadcasters were aware that they do exist.  We are also aware that usually they wind up being window dressing and don't work.  However, we saw a community here that really understood what it needed and where the void was and where the services were required. So we do have a draft copy here and I will read them for the record and I can get a cleaned‑up copy and submit it to the Secretary so you have it.


2465             So we have defined here, and we did read off earlier the people that would be on the advisory board so I won't repeat that, the goals the guidelines for the community advisory board and there are about eight points.  But in answer to your question about is it just an advisory board or are they a decision‑making board, there are a couple of areas in here where they wind‑up being third party and do make the decisions on behalf of the applicant and I will go through them and I will point that one particular one out as we get to it.


"To recommend to management, from time to time, opportunities to better serve the Grande Prairie community and the target radio audience.  To monitor the news and spoken word programming by the station to make sure that 103.3 FM that the station's commitment for fair and balanced news and information coverage, with a focus on local coverage first, is maintained.  To monitor and report to the management team that in the opinion of the advisory board the overall performance of 103.3 FM fairly and honestly reflects the geographic, ethnic, cultural and socioeconomic needs of the Grande Prairie and region citizens.  To monitor and recommend fair and sufficient promotion and radio coverage for local events, organizations and causes."

2466             And this is the area where they wind‑up without the influence or interference of management:

"To manage the distribution of Canadian Talent Development funds where other third parties have not been designated.  To recommend appropriate and effective programs and initiatives to 103.3 FM to help reduce the problem of substance abuse in the community."

2467             And it was in that area that this idea was spawned.


"To recommend to 103.3 FM a means by which it can assist the RCMP and the City of Grande Prairie Crime Prevention Coordinator with crime prevention initiatives."

2468             Such as Hot Cars program and some of those, but we won't go into those at this moment.

"To monitor and advise 103.3 FM's Children are Champions Charity, the advisory board will review and recommend organization and individual needs project applications for fund assistance.  To keep minutes and records of all Grande Prairie community advisory board minutes and to advise and liaise with the 103.3 FM on community issues and to provide the documents to the corporation owners and management for consideration and community action."


2469             So in other words, what they do will be on the record and even the directors who aren't involved in hands‑on day to day operation will be aware of what is happening between management of the station and the advisory board.  And finally,

"To recommend annually community members to be board members that best represent the values and goals of the Grande Prairie community."

2470             So thank you for the opportunity for giving you more details.

2471             THE CHAIRPERSON:  Thank you very much, Mr. Gray.  I think there is no need to file, because the recorder took it and so we know where to get the information.

2472             MR. GRAY:  Thank you.

2473             THE CHAIRPERSON:  Before moving, the legal counsel has a question for you, Mr. Pound.  Where you heard me ask and all my colleagues ask each of the applicants where will be the ‑‑ well, the target, you identified your target being 35 to 54, but we have been looking for the median age.  So have you had a chance to think about what will be the median age of your listener?

2474             MR. POUND:  It will be 39.


2475             THE CHAIRPERSON:  It will be 39, and it will be skewed mostly ‑‑ more towards men than female, but ‑‑

2476             MR. POUND:  That is correct.

2477             THE CHAIRPERSON:  ‑‑ do you have an idea of the ratio, 60/40 or 55/45?

2478             MR. POUND:  Yes I do, I have to just get my mind wrapped around it.  I should have written it down, it is 70/30.

2479             THE CHAIRPERSON:  Seventy/thirty male.  And having the legal counsel..

2480             MS FISHER:  First of all, we just wanted to thank you for submitting the documents updating the ownership information concerning Sun Country Cablevision Ltd.  And we note that you filed the Certificate of Incorporation of 572843 Alberta Ltd., but that the Articles of Incorporation for that company were not filed.  And so we would like to request that you could please file a copy of the Articles of Incorporation for that company, excluding the certificate which you have already filed, no later than June 30?

2481             MR. POUND:  Yes.


2482             MS FISHER:  Thank you.  My second question is with respect to the request from Commissioner Langford and we just wanted to confirm when you could provide the information on the clarifications regarding the audience share for us.  He has indicated Phase 3 and we wondered if you could provide that by the end of day today?

2483             MR. POUND:  Yes, we will.

2484             MS FISHER:  Okay, those are my questions.  Thank you, Mr. Chair.

2485             THE CHAIRPERSON:  Thank you.  Well, now it is your two‑minute chance to tell us why you think the Commission should grant you a licence to serve Grande Prairie.

2486             MR. POUND:  Thank you.  Sun Country's application to serve the Grande Prairie and district community has the financial resources, the extensive industry experience in community radio and a corporate board of directors with a proven track record to provide the vision for success that cannot be matched by any other applicant.  We have targeted the market with the optimum format, classic rock.  We bring an independent newsroom to reflect and report back to Grande Prairie, we bring a new ownership group to the community.  Sun Country brings diversity and broadcast excellence to Grande Prairie.


2487             Our new radio station will effectively and continuously connect to Grande Prairie with the guidance of our community advisory board members.  Citizens of Grande Prairie who believe in our passion and focus to bring outstanding community service and quality radio to the Peace Country.  Sun Country will be Northern Alberta's most committed advocate of our region's new songwriters, song singers and performers.  Our local Canadian talent will enjoy the endless opportunities of financial, promotional and educational support in their budding careers.  We propose a realistic business plan based on sound judgement and successful business experience.

2488             Mr. Chairman, Commission members, Commission staff, we are proud and passionate about our application before you today.  We firmly believe our commitment to the CRTC and the citizens of Grande Prairie are head and shoulders above the rest.  This is our only radio application of available opportunities and it is for the community and radio listeners of Grande Prairie.  Thank you.

2489             THE CHAIRPERSON:  Thank you very much, Mr. Pound.  Thank you to your team.  We will take a 10‑minute break and we will get back to hear the Jim Pattison Group application.

‑‑‑ Upon recessing at 1115 / Suspension à 1115

‑‑‑ Upon resuming at 1133 / Reprise à 1133

2490             THE CHAIRPERSON:  Ms Secretary.


2491             THE SECRETARY:  Thank you, Mr. Chairman.

2492             We will now proceed with Item 7 on the agenda, which is an application by Jim Pattison Broadcast Group Ltd. (the general partner) and Jim Pattison Industries Ltd. (the limited partner), carrying on business as Jim Pattison Broadcast Group Limited Partnership for a licence to operate an English‑language FM commercial radio programming undertaking in Grande Prairie.

2493             The new station would operate on frequency 104.7 MHz (channel 284C1) with an effective radiated power of 100,000 watts (non‑directional antenna/antenna height of 266.4 metres).

2494             Appearing for the applicant is Mr. Rick Arnish, who will introduce his colleagues.  You will then have 20 minutes for your presentation.  Mr. Arnish.

PRESENTATION / PRÉSENTATION

2495             MR. ARNISH:  Thank you very much, Madam Secretary.

2496             Good morning, Mr. Chairman, members of the Commission and Commission staff.  Before we begin our presentation this morning I would like to introduce to you our panel.


2497             My name is Rick Arnish, President of the Jim Pattison Broadcast Group Limited Partnership, which is headquartered in Kamloops, B.C.  We are very pleased to be here today to present our application for a new classic rock FM radio station to serve the City of Grande Prairie, Alberta.

2498             With me today is our Grande Prairie Alberta Management Team responsible for the day to day local management of our existing Grande Prairie station, Big Country 93.1 CJXX FM.  To my immediate left is our General Manager, Mr. Ken Norman, who has been working in the Grande Prairie radio market for 17 years.  To his left is our News Director, Mr. Gord Sharp, who has worked in the Grande Prairie market for 25 years.  To my immediate right is our Sales Manager, Anne Graham, who has been working at the station for 17 years.


2499             To the right of Anne is Kim McKechnie, who is Sales Manager of the Pattison Group radio stations in Kelowna, B.C.  Immediately behind me is Chris Weafer, our legal counsel from the law firm of Owen, Bird in Vancouver.  To the left of Chris is Vice‑President, Finance of the Pattison Broadcast Group, Mr. Bill Dinicol.  And to the Chris's right is Mr. Gerry Siemens, of our Vancouver operations who assisted with the preparation of our application.  We are now ready to begin our presentation.

2500             The Jim Pattison Broadcast Group Limited Partnership is a regional player in the two most western provinces of our country, Alberta and British Columbia.  Our group consists of 23 radio and television stations with all stations located in small markets, except for our two Vancouver stations and our medium‑sized market station in Kelowna, B.C.  As a small‑market broadcaster we have made significant commitment to provide top quality local programming, outstanding local news and information services and a total dedication to be intertwined in the cities and towns we serve.  The 107 letters of support for our application confirm we have met these commitments in Grande Prairie.

2501             Our local stations and staff serve as the voice of their communities.  Our broadcast group's public service record, I am proud to say, speaks for itself and has been recognized by the Canadian Association of Broadcasters, regional broadcast associations and the RTNDA on a number of occasions over the years.


2502             The Jim Pattison Broadcast Group knows how important it is to provide local and regional reflection.  We have local management in place at all of our stations who make local decisions in the best interest of the station and the community.  All of our stations' on‑air news and information personnel have a major commitment to provide local live reflection in these markets as opposed to networking from a larger centre.  Our mandate is to ensure that our best practices for the marketplace is that of local programming staffed by live personnel.

2503             In Grande Prairie we are a standalone FM station in a marketplace competing against one other standalone FM station.  Our existing station, Big Country CJXX FM is a country music format designed to serve a broad spectrum of country music listeners, including teenagers, young adults and a more mature audience.  Our competitor station is CFGP FM, a Hot AC radio station geared to 18 to 49‑year olds.


2504             We believe, consistent with the Commission's criteria, that a new station for Grande Prairie must:  one, provide a new music format choice to the market; two, have strong Canadian Talent Development initiatives and other tangible benefits that contribute in a material way to the Canadian broadcast system; three, be based on a solid realistic business plan and have the financial resources of a strong owner to ensure commitments are met over a seven‑year licence term and beyond; four, have minimal impact on existing players; and five, be of benefit to the local community.

2505             I will now turn our presentation over to our Grande Prairie team lead by Ken Norman.

2506             MR. NORMAN:  Our research clearly indicates that a major portion of the Grande Prairie radio audience is not being served by a local FM station playing a unique and distinct format, which is classic rock.  Classic rock has been described as the Energizer Bunny of radio music.  In market after market research shows classic rock subgenres like older classic rock Led Zeplin, Jimmy Hendrix, Neil Young, Rush, Chilliwack, Pink Floyd along with younger classic rock like Van Halen, ZZ Top, BTO, Brian Adams, The Eagles and the Dooby Brothers consistently rank at or near the top of listeners' preferences.

2507             While classic rock has broad‑based appeal, the format has been tested and been proven to be particularly popular with males 35 years of age and older.  The distinct and unique classic rock format continues to grow across Canada and the United States as our population ages.


2508             In the last several years classic rock has been one of the top music cluster choices of 35 to 54 adult males in the radio marketplace.  There are a number of contributing factors to the format's performance, among them is a target demo focus, classic rock stations have a core audience of men 35 to 54.  It was just over seven years ago that classic rock surpassed oldies in 35 to 44‑year old men's listening choices and the format hasn't looked back.

2509             Our classic rock station will be distinct from what is already available in the Grande Prairie market.  Our new station will reintroduce many songs that will appeal to 35 plus males that have not been aired on any local stations in significant numbers.  By carefully balancing pure classic rock artists such as the Rolling Stones, Eric Clapton, The Guess Who along with AC/DC, Prism, Aerosmith and Trooper, the classic rock format has become as comfortable for the 35 plus male as a pair of Levis or a mustang convertible.

2510             Here is a sample of what their new radio station will sound like.

‑‑‑ Audio presentation / Présentation audio


2511             MS GRAHAM:  In building our application we realize that image in the format is very important.  If approved, our goal will be to create a bond with our listeners stronger than most stations can, simply because the target audience will associate the music and surrounding pop culture of the station with the best times of life.  They are not feeling old, but forever youthful because of that relationship and the classic rock format defines that moment in their lives.

2512             Our search for a desirable format was for one that would have minimal impact on the stations already established in Grande Prairie.  Our classic rock format will appeal to males 35 to 54 years of age, but also to include male listeners five years younger or older than this demographic.  We will focus on Canadian and international artists of the classic rock genre, we would also spotlight new and emerging Canadian artists and give them the opportunity to expose their music to a new audience.


2513             Our station named The Drive will air a number of special programs that will provide our listeners with a full range of classic rock.  They include, as described in our supplementary brief:  Ear to the Tracks, this will highlight a Canadian album in its entirety; Border Crossing, this will feature culturally diverse rock music from around the world; Electric Lunch, every weekday from noon to 1:00 p.m. we will ask listeners to fax, email or telephone in their suggested music sets; Live Wire, an extension of the classic rock format as we profile the heavy music that typified the rock of the 1980s; Off the Record, an in‑depth look at rock `n' roll's classic artists with host Joe Benson; The Canadian Rock Review, a short‑form feature which will air twice a day providing background on the people that made the music.

2514             And now to our commitment on local reflection in Grande Prairie here is Mr. Gord Sharp.

2515             MR. SHARP:  Our new station, The Drive, will be a classic rock format with a heavy emphasis on news and information programming.  Nine hours and 15 minutes each week will be devoted to providing information to our audience, 35 to 54‑year old males, which are significant consumers of news and information.  Our news and sportscasts will be well researched, written and broadcast with a focus on the local community and region covering the meetings, press conferences and emergency happenings that our audience needs to know about.


2516             Focus groups have told us what the area wants from an information department, strong local coverage and strong on‑air news and sports personnel. The Drive's news department will build on our existing contacts in the region.  Currently on CJXX FM we average more than 25,000 stories annually from across the region aired on our newscasts.  We strive for 80 per cent local content on each cast, but often it is 100 per cent.  The new station will also have local and regional coverage as its top priority.  We also pride ourselves on localizing provincial, national and international stories, federal and provincial budgets, terrorist attacks, crime, agriculture and other stories from outside the Peace Region will be broken down and local comment will be sought.

2517             We will continue our practice of the current newsroom in developing strong relationships with city, county and other politicians from across the area.  We regularly interview our member of Parliament and MLAs representing the region and have them explain political issues to our listeners.  The Regional College in Grande Prairie is a great resource to our newsroom, we will continue to interview the political scientists, historians, economists and other experts when the expertise is needed.

2518             Grande Prairie is an active sporting life with winter and summer sports drawing thousands of fans and competitors each season.  Local coverage on The Drive will be our priority in sports coverage.


2519             Members of the Commission, there is no morning newspaper or local television in Grande Prairie.  While we will broadcast news throughout the day, morning information on radio is vitally important to the people of the region.  This will continue to be important.  Samuel Johnson wrote, "Journalism is a flaming sword, hold it high, guard it well."  We will.

2520             I have always felt it an honour and a privilege to be in the news profession.  Our new station will work very hard to uphold the news and sports standards that CJXX FM currently provides to the people of Grande Prairie and, in particular, The Drive's 35 to 54‑year old male demographic.  We are particularly pleased to receive a letter of support from Dr. Duff Crerar of Grande Prairie Regional College, the letter stated:


"To coin a term, CJXX has been able to localize national and international news coverage by its close interaction with professional scholars at Grande Prairie Regional College.  In this way, the station has provided a valuable forum for informed discourse across the region.  I hope that this application will be successful, as both their trajectory and intentions are to maintain and improve this service."

2521             In Grande Prairie the ability to develop synergies with our existing newsroom at CJXX FM and other Pattison Broadcast Group stations in Western Canada will enable us to make a commitment to news and information programming that a standalone station would find difficult to match.  Our commitment includes hourly five‑minute newscasts from 6:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. Monday to Friday with additional updates on the half hour during breakfast and late afternoons.  The Drive's news coverage will continue on the weekend as well.  Our newsroom will remain staffed Saturdays and Sundays with five‑minute reports every hour from 6:00 a.m. through 6:00 p.m.

2522             The Drive will provide a minimum of nine hours and 15 minutes of news and sports reflection each week.  In addition to that commitment, we will provide local and surveillance material of three hours, 30 minutes per week covering issues such as weather, traffic and other current and relevant events.


2523             It cannot be stressed enough that being live and current is critical to those who live in the north, that is why we commit 30 minutes a day, seven days a week to environmental and surveillance material.

2524             Our weekly commitment for local reflection of news, weather, sports, environmental and surveillance coverage will be 12 hours, 45 minutes.  When we include interstitial spoken word and our special music program spoken word we will have 23 hours and 51 minutes of spoken word per week.

2525             MR. ARNISH:  I would like to highlight the significant tangible benefits that will come from approval of our application.  Our application contains commitments in an amount of over $2 million in direct expense Canadian talent and employment equity initiatives.  This is almost three times the next highest commitment of any other applicant in these proceedings.  We will spend $700,000 over the course of our licence in support of the Save the Music Foundation initiative.  We believe that in the Save the Music Foundation we have identified the most significant new initiative for the development of emerging talent in Canada.  This addresses Canadian talent at its most crucial point, the education of our youth in music.


2526             We have established a unique partnership with the Canadian Rocky Mountain Music Festival which has earned an international reputation as one of the leading festivals of its kind.  Our partner will be responsible for ensuring that our annual $100,000 commitment per year is distributed in accordance with the Commission's guidelines for Canadian Talent Development.

2527             Contributions will ensure instruments are in schools, mentoring occurs for music educators, opportunities are created for students to travel to music events and competitions away from home and bursaries and scholarships are available to students in Alberta.

2528             Our Save the Music Foundation has struck a cord in the community of Grande Prairie.  As Ms Arlene Miller stated in her letter of May 18, 2006 to the Commission:


"The CRTC has worked within the radio industry to sustain, develop and ensure that the Canadian music industry reflects our unique Canadian culture and heritage.  Without children and music programs in Alberta how can we build a foundation to achieve those goals?"

2529             We also greatly appreciate the support letter we received from talent representative agency IMAC Management which stated:

"Save the Music Foundation is a vital tool that addresses Canadian Talent Development at its most infinite grassroots stage and it will raise the quality of music education in Western Canada."

2530             We further commit an additional $500,000 over the course of seven years to other CTD initiatives, those are outlined in our supplementary brief and we are very proud of the contribution we will make to the Grande Prairie community in Canadian Talent Development in the region.

2531             We have also made a significant financial commitment of $350,000 over the licence term for the Canadian women in radio Career Accelerator Program.  This is a program which is on the verge of running out of funding absent our commitment.  We are aware that women across the country have benefited from this significant initiative, we hope to keep it alive.


2532             We have also committed $350,000 for a new career accelerator program designed for broadcasters that are Aboriginal persons, visible minorities and persons with disabilities.  We have also committed $175,000 for an employment equity initiative in alliance with the Métis Nation of Alberta and the Grande Prairie Regional College.

2533             We are pleased to have the support of the Métis Nation of Alberta, as stated in their letter of May 15, 2006.  The Métis Nation of Alberta has worked with the Pattison Group in other areas of the province successfully.  We hope that this application presents another such opportunity to expand a relationship with them.  The Pattison Group should be commended for their continuing efforts to reach and support the Métis community within Alberta.


2534             Why the Pattison Group??  Mr. Chairman, you have a large number of applicants before you, we are all making promises about contributions to the community, to Canadian talent and the to the broadcast system.  But to deliver on these contributions there must be a business case.  The Pattison Broadcast Group has a long history of running successful small‑market stations.  We are confident in our ability to meet the ambitious commitments that we have made.  We have a solid and attainable business plan and we have the resources of the Pattison Group of companies behind us.  The Broadcast Group is at the very cornerstone of that group of companies and we are in the broadcast industry for the long haul.

2535             In every business that the Pattison Broadcast Group goes into it does so on the premise that the business is multi‑generational and our commitments in this Grande Prairie application, if approved, go beyond any given licence terms.  As the Commission is aware, it is generally the case that smaller markets have different challenges than larger markets.  In smaller markets where the Commission licences additional owners a common result has been a net reduction in spoken word programming in the market as licensees seek efficiencies to respond to the competition.


2536             Given the critical importance of spoken word programming in smaller markets, it is important to note that granting our application will result in the most significant increase in the availability of spoken word programming in Grande Prairie.  Our commitment to news and information in the market is already established and granting of this new licence will enable us to increase this level of service.  Licensing an additional owner to the market will inevitably result in pressure in all players to find the most efficient way to service the market, often resulting in a decrease in local originated spoken word programming.

2537             In smaller markets where an additional owner has been licensed it has often been the case that there is a rush to the middle in terms of programming format as the multiple owners compete to attract the largest audience.  This rarely results in an increase in sustainable diversity of format in the smaller market.  Licensing and incumbent in a secondary market ensures that the competitors will attempt to diversify their formats as there is no incentive to compete against your own format.  In Grande Prairie we submit that the issuance of a licence to an incumbent player will have the most positive benefits to the Grande Prairie radio market.


2538             Mr. Chairman, the Pattison Broadcast Group keeps its promises and serves its communities.  We have a core belief that the more we serve our community the more successful we will be.  In the acquisition of Monarch Broadcasting in 2001 we committed over $1 million to build a state of the art media arts centre for young students at Pacific Academy in Surrey, British Columbia.  That outstanding facility was opened to students in September of 2005.

2539             Also in 2005 our radio and TV stations gave back $10.3 million in public service and community service time to the towns and cities we work in.  We operate excellent radio stations.  New Country 93.7 JRFM has been named Canada's country music station of the year by Canada Music Week three years in a row.  Our group has received a number of CAB gold ribbon awards, RTNDA awards, along with many others in recent years.  Recognition for this commitment was accorded to Mr. Pattison when he was awarded the Canadian Association of Broadcasters most prestigious award, the gold ribbon for broadcast excellence.


2540             In conclusion, members of the Commission, we have a unique format designed for an audience that is being underserved in Grande Prairie.  We have committed $2.1 million in tangible benefits.  They include $1.2 million to our unique Canadian talent initiatives highlighted by the very original brand new Save the Music Foundation which will impact Canadian talent where it really matters, our youth.  We have also committed to the highest level of spoken word programming of all applicants at this proceeding, all of which we submit will provide significant benefits to the community of Grande Prairie and serve the objectives of the Broadcasting Act.

2541             Mr. Chairman, members of the Commission, we appreciate the opportunity to appear before you today and we look forward to responding to your questions.

2542             THE CHAIRPERSON:  Thank you, Mr. Arnish.  I am asking Mrs. Cram to ask the questions.

2543             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  Thank you, Mr. Arnish and panel.

2544             I was struck by your comments, Mr. Arnish, at page 9 when you were talking about the issue of the rush to the middle.  And the last sentence of that paragraph says:

"Licensing an incumbent in a secondary market ensures that the competitors will attempt to diversify their formats, as there is no incentive to compete against your own format."

2545             Is that what we should be looking for, diversity of formats, or should we be looking for diversity of news, diversity of different voices in the community?  What should be more important?


2546             MR. ARNISH:  In our opinion, Commissioner Cram, I think the diversity of formats in smaller markets is becoming an increasingly bigger issue for the whole industry right across Canada.  As the Commission heard at the recent radio review in Ottawa, that whole topic about over‑licensing in smaller markets was a very big issue of broadcast companies, small independents and companies of our size right across the country.  And we strongly believe in markets like Grande Prairie, if the Commission was predisposed to licence the two incumbents with two new licences for that marketplace, that is really in the best interest of the marketplace.  Because there is no doubt in the history that we worked in markets where there has been two ownership groups with four licences, there definitely is a diversity of formats.

2547             In markets where we have more than two ownership groups and perhaps there is four stations in the market owned by three ownership groups or there's five stations in the market owned by three ownership groups there always is a rush, for the most part, to the middle to gain the biggest audience share which obviously transposes into sales of advertising in the marketplace.  And that, to us, is not good for the broadcasting system, it is not good for the community as well.


2548             So we strongly believe that diversity of format rather than ‑‑ not necessarily diversity of spoken word information ‑‑ is extremely important in markets like Grande Prairie.  Our competitors and ourselves have worked extremely hard in that market to build the market over the last 10 to 15 years.  The O.K. Radio Group has done an outstanding job with their Hot AC format.  Our team in front of you this morning has done a wonderful job with the country format.  If we are privileged to receive a classic rock station licence for Grande Prairie and the incumbent is also privileged to receive a station licence I really do feel at the end of the day they are going to have a Hot AC station, they will move more to a modern rock format.  We will have our country station and we will definitely be the classic rock station in the marketplace.

2549             So diversity of format really does work and it is not dissimilar to markets similar to the size of Prince George where there is two ownership groups, four stations, four diverse formats.  In Kamloops there is two ownership groups, there is a new station going to be coming on the air here shortly, so we will have five stations there, but at the end of the day we are going to have five distinct formats.


2550             The same thing could be said in Red Deer where we have two ownership groups, four distinct formats in the marketplace as well just to give you some examples.

2551             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  Now, I think you heard Mr. Truhn, your country station presently are there news reports on it up `til 11:00 in the evening?

2552             MR. ARNISH:  I will ask Mr. Sharp to talk to that.

2553             MR. SHARP:  Yes, they are.  From Monday to Sunday we have news from 5:30 in the morning until 11:00 p.m.

2554             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  Nothing on Sunday?

2555             MR. SHARP:  Didn't I say Sunday?  Sorry, until Sunday, yes.

2556             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  Oh, I thought you said Monday to Saturday.

2557             MR. SHARP:  No, until Sunday.

2558             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  Oh okay, sorry.  And so if you are providing news at night, it would appear there is a demand for it?

2559             MR. SHARP:  There is, yes.

2560             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  Why wouldn't you be doing the same with this station?


2561             MR. ARNISH:  Well, we can talk about that and Mr. Sharp has some views on that as well.  But we looked at this format as and we talked about it in our opening presentation that the male genre, 35 to 54 with the median average age of 44, in our opinion that is the target market we are going after, wants to certainly know about news and information spoken word throughout the day.  But in the Pattison Group we basically have five radio stations that run a very similar format as we are proposing here in Grande Prairie.

2562             In everyone of those cases evening news, because of the fact that we are playing just about all music, doesn't factor into the equation.  We have live announcers as we proposed there in Grande Prairie, so if something major was to take place our newsroom is on call 24 hours a day, we will be live in the evening right through until midnight.  We are able to call on the newsroom staff to be able to cover any stories that may come up.  But as far as surveillance material, weather, road information in the wintertime in the evening, because of the live staff that we will have there, they will be able to provide that coverage.

2563             Mr. Sharp or Mr. Norman, do you want to add anything?


2564             MR. SHARP:  That is right, we are also on a 24 hour notice, all five people in the newsroom, as will be the four in The Drive newsroom.  So we will be available to cover emergency events and our jocks, as well, will be well versed in getting information out to the people.

2565             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  You talk about the 35 to 54 male being underserved and I guess I was surprised by that, but the market currently skews female I gather in Grande Prairie, Alberta.  I mean, it is almost a ‑‑ I don't understand why that exists right now.

2566             MR. NORMAN:  Commissioner Cram, I can shed some light on that a little bit.  With the current formats that we have, ours being a country radio station serving an audience ‑‑ really, we have teenagers calling in our request lines right up to grandmas and grandpas.  So country music covers a wide demographic and does cater a little more to a female audience.  SUN FM also, a little softer rock station, pop, AC, whatever you would like to call it, also caters to an audience of ‑‑ that is a little higher in female listeners.  What is missing and what we have not only seen in the research, as you may have heard Mr. Truhn's case as well, what is missing is a harder edge radio station for the male demographic of 35 to 54.


2567             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  And so your core demo would then be what?  I mean, you have the range there, is there a core within it?

2568             MR. NORMAN:  Our median age would be 44 ‑‑

2569             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  Okay.

2570             MR. NORMAN:  ‑‑ and we would shoot for an audience separation of male 70 per cent listeners, female 30.


2571             MR. ARNISH:  You know, the Grande Prairie market, as you have heard and I won't be too repetitive here because you have heard it already yesterday and today, but it is in the oil patch, there is also a huge agricultural component to it and there is a major forest component to it as well.  But obviously the oil patch and the lumber industry and the pulp and paper industry in Grande Prairie, there is lots of males there and really the market up until this point in time, we believe, has not been servicing that male demo and the demo that we are projecting.  And we don't want to lose them to iPods, we don't want to lose them to satellite radio.  Perhaps when they are at home off the oil field or off not doing their work in the lumber industry they are listening to radio on the internet, but we want to repatriate some of those listeners to the Grande Prairie market.

2572             Unfortunately, we don't have any statistics through BBM that says how much out‑of‑market tuning is in Grande Prairie because the market isn't rated at this point in time.  But we feel there is a major component of a male audience there that would, as our research says, would clearly love to have a pure classic rock station.  And I would like to build on the word pure.  We are talking about a pure classic rock station.  We are not talking about a classic rock/classic hits hybrid, we are not talking about a classic rock/modern rock hybrid, we are talking about a pure classic rock radio station geared strictly toward males.  It will garner some females, but we are definitely geared toward the male demographic.

2573             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  I guess I am interested in your median age being you said 41, didn't you?

2574             MR. NORMAN:  Commissioner Cram, 44.

2575             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  I am sorry.

2576             MR. NORMAN:  Yes.


2577             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  When the median age of Grande Prairie, at least another applicant showed, your fellow incumbent, that the median age in Grande Prairie was 29.7.  Why would you ‑‑ I suppose because they have more income I guess at age 44 or..?

2578             MR. ARNISH:  Well the ‑‑ the median age for Grande Prairie ‑‑ and I will get Ken or Anne to respond to this if they wish as well, they live in the marketplace ‑‑ but as we all know, I mean, it is common sense with what is going on with the economy in Alberta, particularly in the north that it is attracting a lot of young people, there is no doubt about it, and it has driven the age of ‑‑ the average median age in Grande Prairie down to that demographic.  But the marketplace has told us that there is a big void out there for that 35 to 50 or maybe 40 to 50‑year old male that is mature, working in the oil patch, working in the lumber and forest industry and the trucking industry in Northern Alberta and we just feel that we can repatriate those listeners to this format.

2579             MR. SIEMENS:  Commissioner Cram, if I might, it really is a function of the format as to why the median listener would be 44 years of age.  We determined through our research that classic rock was the format to be and so then if you look at the classic rock genre and what it is performing at right now it is definitely targeted 35 to 54 with the 44‑year old listener begin right in the sweet spot.


2580             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  But you could make it younger, couldn't you, by adding the newer hits and that sort of thing?

2581             MR. ARNISH:  Well, we could and Gerry and Ken might want to add to this, but that is not our intent.  Our intent is to ‑‑ again, and I don't want to be repetitive here ‑‑ but this is a pure classic rock format and we are good at it.  We have five stations that are in this format now, we do very well with them.  Yes, we could go younger if we decided we wanted to play more modern rock, but that is not our intent here.  Our intent is to be a pure classic rock radio station.  Gerry.

2582             MR. SIEMENS:  I haven't anything to add to that.

2583             COMMISSION CRAM:  And in terms of the other five applicants in this market that are saying they are going for classic rock, can you distinguish your proposal from theirs?  I know some of them are hybrids and I recognize that.


2584             MR. ARNISH:  I guess it does concern me that it has come up even today that some applicants, and they have to look at their business plan and what they propose to the Commission for this market place, have said well maybe it is a classic rock/classic hits hybrid.  You know, we applied for a classic rock format and now we are talking about classic hits.  There is a huge difference in our opinion, for the most part, between a pure classic rock radio station and a classic hits radio station.  There would be some overlap in classic hits music played on a classic rock station, but you heard our demo and I think the demo really clearly defines the station that we are planning to take to air if we are privileged with a licence for Grande Prairie.

2585             If you are true to the format you are true to the pure classic rock format that we have described here today, as we have put in our application as well.

2586             MR. SIEMENS:  And I think, if I might, another defining character of our radio station would be ‑‑ we have outlined in the supplementary brief and cross‑referenced today ‑‑ a number of full‑length music‑based programs that will be unique to our station, Ear to the Tracks; Border Crossings; Electric Lunch; Live Wire; Off the Record and so on, so those are definitely characteristics that set us apart from our competitors.  And then that doesn't even begin to address our huge commitment to news and spoken word, which is certainly a defining character.


2587             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  Those programs that you were talking about, the ‑‑ I will call them accompanying music‑based programming ‑‑ all locally produced?

2588             MR. NORMAN:  I can answer that, Commissioner Cram.  They will be produced by our new Grande Prairie Drive staff and we have one syndicated show and that is the show called Off the Record with Joe Benson that will air for an hour on Sunday nights.

2589             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  Thank you very much for this.  My notes say, yes, it is 12 hours, 45 minutes of the news, sports, surveillance which includes road and weather.  Now, for some reason I thought there was going to be 12 hours of scripted news, sports.  But there isn't there is only nine hours, 15 minutes of the scripted news, sports, is that correct?

2590             MR. NORMAN:  That is correct, yes.

2591             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  Yes.


2592             MR. NORMAN:  And I will let Mr. Sharp talk a little bit more about this.  The surveillance material would take in ‑‑ because we will be on the air live from 6:00 a.m. until midnight ‑‑ announcer talk during the evenings.  As you heard in our presentation, life in the north is very unpredictable, so we need to be able to tell people when the highways are impassable, the RCMP need to be able to get a hold of us locally and then our announcer who is on the air, if it is deemed necessary, can contact our news director or news staff to follow‑up on that.  But I will let Gord Sharp tell you a little more.

2593             MR. SHARP:  Thanks very much.  That nine hours and 15 minutes on The Drive news department ‑‑ I came into this business in the halcyon days of radio news, the mid‑1970s, and quite frankly the last 10, 15, 20 years have been tough for news people across this country, but I am proud to say Grande Prairie news and sports is very important to both our radio station and the people of the Peace River Country.  As I mentioned in my opening remarks, there is no morning TV or morning newspaper in Grande Prairie, it is extremely important.  And time and time again we hear from our audience just how important it actually is.


2594             One thing that strikes us all who work in Grande Prairie is yes, the economy is going very well there, but that is not just by accident.  The people of the Peace Country work very hard in all sectors, whether you work in the oil patch, forestry, whether you teach, you are a nurse or a doctor, whether you are in business, the folks up there work very hard.  And I have always felt it is incumbent on a news department to roll‑up our sleeves and duplicate what the folks up there are doing and that is why our focus always has been local coverage.  In the last few days alone, some of the stories coming out of Grande Prairie, a proposed $265 million hospital, a local doctor from the Grimshaw area climbs Mount Everest, the oldest man in Canada to ever do that.  We talked to him by satellite phone just hours after he came back, that is great local radio, I guess great radio anywhere.

2595             The schools up there are simply busting at the seams and parents are concerned that they need more money from the province and we need to get our microphones out there and talk to them and that is what we do.  Another 66‑year old man sold his ranch and he bought a great big boat and he is now three‑quarters the way around the world.  By satellite phone he has been a major part of our newscasts for the last seven months.  I don't know if you recall the name Grant Notley, he was the NDP leader of Alberta in the 1980s who died in a plane crash.  His daughter announced last week that she is running for a seat in Edmonton.  She is a resident of our area, just a brilliant lawyer in Edmonton and I think it is just great she is following in.


2596             Roberta Bondar, the great Canadian astronaut, who has got a résumé longer than this room I think, was a part of our morning show when we had this wildly successful science fair last fall, Roberta Bondar came in and the response was just incredible.  As you have heard in some of the other applications, Ford World Women's Curling, greatest event ever as far as a crowd and the success of it.  The sporting events in Grande Prairie, nonpareil as far as turnout and same with entertainment events.


2597             We don't run kickers on our newscasts, ladies and gentlemen, we run stories on local events, charities, service clubs, area people who go the extra mile to help people.  And out of these softer news stories at the end of our casts we often get very hard news stories like a heartbreaking story of a lady from Beaverlodge who phoned me whose daughter is serving in Afghanistan.  It made for a fantastic interview.  Another father who took part in a huge cancer relay a couple of weeks ago, just a year and a half after his wife and daughter had died of the disease.  To me, that has always made great radio whether you are living in Toronto or Grande Prairie and we do our best.  And I have to say, mentioning some of these stories, terrific place for young news people to start, because it is such a vibrant busy area.

2598             MR. ARNISH:  Commissioner Cram, if I just add to that.  As you are aware, we are adding a significant amount of spoken word in the news and information portion of our application on The Drive if we receive a licence.  And we are hiring new people, four new people for the newsroom to compliment our five that we have already there.

2599             But I would like Gord just to spend just a brief moment to tell you or perhaps even demonstrate to you that at the end of the day we are going to have a major news commitment on The Drive, but the news presentation on The Drive will be different than what the news presentation currently is on CJXX FM, because we think that is very important that the way we write the news and deliver the news is different than what we are doing currently on our country station in Grande Prairie.


2600             MR. SHARP:  Good morning, I am Gord Sharp, Big Country News.  So close, but what a great run, the Canes beat the Oilers 3‑1 in Game 7 to win their first Stanley Cup.  We have this report from Raleigh and Big Country Sports Director, Big Paul Thomas.  Thanks, Paul.  Cam Ward, born and raised just outside Edmonton, Conn Smythe winner and boy is he cool as a cucumber throughout the playoffs.

2601             Jim Dinning, leading candidate to replace Ralph Klein as Alberta Conservative Leader, was in Grande Prairie yesterday just one day after officially declaring his intentions to run for leader.  Dinning told Big Country News he fully supports the proposed $265 million hospital for the city, saying he sympathizes with the healthcare crisis.  The Health Authority recently announced there is a shortage of 36 doctors and 25 nurses across our region.

2602             Grimshaw, a proud community this morning.  Late yesterday Dr. Andries Botha finished his climb up Mount Everest.  The physician who espouses a lifestyle of no alcohol, no nicotine and lots of exercise is the oldest Canadian, at 56, to conquer Everest.  He will join us on our news magazine focus tonight by satellite phone.

2603             MR. NORMAN:  Good morning, I am Ken Norman, 104.5 The Drive news.  The only team happier than the Carolina Hurricanes is the Calgary Flames, 3‑1 Canes over the Oil last night.  The impossible dream ended in Game 7, Cam Ward playoff MVP, so close.


2604             Premier wannabe Jim Dinning was in the city yesterday.  The former Alberta treasurer said he would support the proposed $265 million hospital and says the healthcare crisis in Grande Prairie is a joke and he will clean it up when he replaces King Ralph.

2605             Here is a sawbones that follows his own health advice, Grimshaw Dr. Andries Botha has climbed Mount Everest.  At 56 he has become the oldest Canadian to do so.  Have a beer, Doc, you deserve it.

2606             MR. ARNISH:  So that gives you a bit of an example of how different the newscasts would be between CJXX, our country station, and The Drive, our classic rock station.

2607             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  So just let me figure this out.  There is four new news staff, four FTEs I guess I will call them, fulltime equivalents, but then, Mr. Sharp, would you still be the director of both?

2608             MR. SHARP:  Yes, I would, yes.

2609             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  Okay.

2610             MR. NORMAN:  And I should add too, Commissioner Cram, the mandate that Gord has set out for his news employees to file stories and get reports on our local area will be followed the same on The Drive.  And maybe Gord could allude a little to what he does on XX FM now.


2611             MR. SHARP:  We have a quota of 50 stories per week per newsperson, myself included, and as I reach my 50th year that becomes more difficult for me, but that is the quota we have.  That works out to about 1,000 stories a month.  Sometimes it is way more than that, because I can't stress how busy we are up in the Grande Prairie area.  Each one of these stories runs a minimum of two, more likely four, times and that takes us well over the 25,000 mark per year.  So news and sports coverage is a huge part of what we do.

2612             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  So do the news people cover sports also?

2613             MR. SHARP:  We have a fulltime sports director.  But certainly, we have 80 years between all of us in the news department as far as experience.  A lot of us love sports, so we help out.  But he is the fellow who covers the local Alberta Junior Hockey League team, he will cover golf and curling.  But if he needs help, yes, we will pitch in.

2614             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  Okay.  And how many news staff would there be dedicated to programming, Mr. Norman or ‑‑ if I ask a person I don't mean to restrict that person to answer.

2615             MR. NORMAN:  Well, Commissioner, the answer to that is four.

2616             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  Four new programming ‑‑ programming staff?  Okay.


2617             MR. NORMAN:  Four news.

2618             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  No, programming?

2619             MR. NORMAN:  Oh, for programming staff, yes.  The programming staff ‑‑ we have it listed that we will have 13 fulltime staff and two part‑timers.  And as fulltime staff, we will have a program director/announcer, morning announcer, midday announcer, afternoon Drive announcer, and evening weekend, evening weekend, so that works out to six fulltime.

2620             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  Now you did say live‑to‑air the full time.  Now you really mean live‑to‑air save and excepting that one program, Off the Record?

2621             MR. ARNISH:  That is correct.

2622             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  And would you accept that as a COL?

2623             MR. ARNISH:  Yes, we sure would.

2624             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  Now you say, and I found it fascinating, you say that you would be live‑to‑air "over the complete first term of the licence".  What about the second?

2625             MR. ARNISH:  I think we would continue to do that in the second and third and fourth without question.


2626             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  It was ‑‑

2627             MR. ARNISH:  It is a fair question.

2628             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  ‑‑ jarring looking at it, yes.  In terms of synergies with the existing station ‑‑ and I want to start with news and programming synergies first and then we will get into the other.  So either one of you, Mr. Sharp or Mr. Norman or Mr. ‑‑ I mean..

2629             MR. SHARP:  You mean as far as Big Country news staff helping out The Drive news staff?

2630             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  Yes.

2631             MR. SHARP:  The Drive news staff would have their own mandate as far as working that.  We would all work out of the same news department.  We would, you know, really try not to duplicate up on meetings, so we could use people to cover a lot more in the area.  But we need to stress here that The Drive news people would be for The Drive FM and Big Country people would be for Big Country, because while they would help each other out and, because I have a background in sports, I believe greatly in working as a team, they would be two very separate radio stations and news departments.


2632             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  It sounds like though, Mr. Sharp, that because you are going to be the only news director, there is really no sort of editorial independence in the sense of one being completely independent from the other.  I mean, you are going to be their boss, so you would be able to say I want this covered, I don't want this covered, that kind of thing?

2633             MR. SHARP:  There would be some of that, but we would follow the laws of news, of course, and we would, you know, cover as much as we can on both stations.  There is so much to cover up there that..  But I can guarantee you that both stations would be different from a news perspective.

2634             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  And what about programming?

2635             MR. NORMAN:  Programming would be separate as well.  The only synergies we really have are the nine management positions and/or administration.  The rest of it would be like ‑‑ and they are in different buildings, except for, you know, we will obviously have the same General Manager, myself, and Gord in the newsroom, Anne as our Sales Manager for both, that type of thing.

2636             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  Did you say you are going to be in a different building?

2637             MR. NORMAN:  No, I am sorry.


2638             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  Oh okay, you are going to be in the same building?

2639             MR. NORMAN:  Yes, we will.

2640             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  And then you have what I will call DJ talk of 11 hours and 21 minutes.  Maybe I shouldn't ‑‑ DJ talk would be six hours and the rest would be scripted interstitial?  I am back at your handy dandy sheet here.

2641             MR. NORMAN:  Yes, I will call on Gerry Siemens to help me out a little bit with this one.  The announcer dialogue, is we had forecast ‑‑ for instance, our plans are to be on the air for 18 hours a day.  So what we have done there, Commissioner, is calculated in the talk per hour that the announcers will do.

2642             MR. SIEMENS:  Well, Commissioner Cram, Commissioner Langford yesterday gave some applicants some homework and, frankly, I am not that big an Oilers fan, so I did that ahead of time last night.

2643             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  Everybody is saying that now.


2644             MR. SIEMENS:  It is true, it is true.  So to walk you through our spoken word programming schedule, you already know that we have committed to nine hours, 15 minutes of news and sports and surveillance material of three hours and 30 minutes, which would include rapidly changing weather conditions and road reports and so on, so that is a total of 12 hours and 45 minutes.  Now, we also committed to a Fun Chaser, which will be throughout the Grande Prairie and region phoning back reports from all sorts of community events and we have those scheduled 28 times a week, they will be about two minutes in duration, so that is 56 minutes for the course of the week.

2645             The Electric Lunch and Brunch actually is on for nine hours in the course of the week.  We allowed for 10 minutes of dialogue in that program.  And if that sounds like a lot, it is really not, if you consider four breaks in the course of an hour at two and a half minutes while we engage our listeners in requests and other dialogue, it is not that much.  But it does workout to one hour and 30 minutes in the course of the week.  Ear to the Tracks, 10 minutes of dialogue in the course of the program.  As you pointed out, Commissioner Cram, it will be quite likely scripted.  And Live Wire and so on, 16 minutes and eight minutes respectively.  The Canadian Rock Review is 90 seconds in duration, it will be on 14 times a week, which accounts for another 21 minutes.


2646             And as to announcer dialogue, at 120 hours when you take out the block programming that we already alluded to there, we thought four minutes an hour would be reasonable, that is four breaks an hour at two minutes in the course of a break, which is another six hours, which brought us up to 11 hours, 21 minutes in interstitial talk for a total spoken word commitment of 23 hours and 51 minutes for the course of a week.

2647             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  Okay, so the ones that are then scripted would include Ear to the Tracks and what else?

2648             MR. SIEMENS:  Ear to the Tracks, Live Wire, Border Walk or Border Crossings and the Canadian Rock Review.

2649             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  Okay, thank you.  Have you figured out a percentage of music to spoken word or spoken word to music?  So if I use my mathematical skills and took 23 hours, 51 minutes divided by 126, I would come up with the percentage?

2650             MR. SIEMENS:  You would, so would I if I had a calculator.

2651             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  No, I can just do it in my head.


2652             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  You might want to undertake to bring that number in yourself.

2653             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  Knowing that I got 64 in grade 12 algebra and have not forgotten it obviously.  To your CTD, I first wanted to start with Save the Music Foundation and I guess I need to figure out the structure.  On page 7 you talk about the Save the Music Foundation.  Now, that is actually going to be a foundation?

2654             MR. ARNISH:  Yes, Commissioner Cram, just maybe I will give you some background because when we were in Calgary you were not at the hearing, but I think you have heard about the Save the Music Foundation.  We are very proud of this new Canadian Talent Development initiative.  I am going to get Gerry to answer your question in some more detail here in a moment, but I just though I would give you some quick background history on it.

2655             When we were getting our team together to talk about Calgary and also Grande Prairie, and we also took a look at Fort McMurray as well, we decided at the end of the day that we thought that it would be great to create something new, some brand new initiative for Canadian talent in Canada.


2656             So we go back about a year ago now and one day I was talking to our legal counsel, Chris Weafer, on the phone about the application and I said to Chris, I said, "How is my tuba buddy doing?"  Because, as I said, in Calgary I play tuba.  And Ryan, his son, plays tuba in a high school band in North Vancouver.  So Chris went on to tell me about what the band program was doing at Seacove Secondary in North Vancouver and how much fun these kids were having with music as being part of their life and their youth in this day and age.  And we got into a discussion about funding for school music programs.

2657             And out of that, long story short, we decided to have a meeting with Mr. Lee, who is the head music educator at Seacove Secondary, and we had a really good discussion with him about under‑funding for music programs of all sorts in the school system in general right across the country, because he has major contact with music educators across the country.  He then put us in touch with Willie Connell of the Rocky Mountain Music Festival and really the rest is history.


2658             And I will turn it over to Gerry to give you a brief description about the foundation and how we are going to set it up and how it is going to operate.  It is very exciting.  We have made major commitments in Calgary, as you know, well over $3 million in commitments to the CTD initiative, $700,000 here in Grande Prairie and we are looking at other opportunities to put way more money into this fund that is going to be for true emerging Canadian talent.  And we heard about emerging Canadian talent at the radio hearing in Ottawa.  I can't think of better money spent than on Canada's youth when it comes to music.  So with that, I will turn it over to Gerry and he can fill you in with some more detail.

2659             MR. SIEMENS:  I think the first point I would like to try to make clear is that our goal is not to take the place of government.  We think that government have a responsibility to educate our youth in music and in all facets of their education and that is their job and they should do that job and they do do that job.

2660             However, government can only go so far.  And the Save the Music Foundation is being developed to identify and to help kick to the next level the best of the best that the school music programs have to offer and that can come by way of a whole bunch of different things.  And Save the Music Foundation will not primarily exist to buy a French horn for a young person in Beaverlodge because they can't afford it.  We would do that, of course, if we were asked, but that is not the primary function.


2661             The primary function is to give these kids that are coming out of school a leg up to the next level and we can do that by mentoring programs for music educators.  More and more educators are coming out of college and they are reluctant to get into music programs because they fear it could be a short‑term deal.  So we would develop mentoring programs for music educators, mentoring programs for students by bringing in qualified musicians, professional musicians, role models that they can look up to and also to assist in fundraising for all sorts of different things.

2662             In Calgary, Commissioner Cram, we had four young men from North Vancouver sing Acappella at the hearing and they were outstanding.  And I made the point at that hearing that those four young men had been asked to perform on behalf of Canada in Belgium and in Japan and couldn't go on either occasion because they couldn't raise the money.  More recently they have been asked to perform at Carnegie Hall in New York and so they are back out conducting bake sales and carwashes and leaning on their parents.  So that is the sort of thing that the Music Foundation could step up and do.


2663             Last night the winner of the Conn Smythe trophy was a young man who grew up just a few miles from here in Sherwood Park, a great young goaltender.  Now, when he was learning his craft and when he got to a point where he could compete he was moved to a junior hockey level, I am sure, where he could play at a very high level and determine if he had the goods to turn pro or not.  Unfortunately, in the music education system there is no Western Hockey League and that is kind of what we are talking about what we are designed to do.

2664             Just one more thought and then I will let you ask your next question.  But you asked is this actually a foundation.  It will be.  We have an application pending for the purchase of Island Radio and there are some funds earmarked from our initiatives there to the Save the Music Foundation.  We hope for approval on that application and that we will start the Music Foundation.  We are already sponsors of the Canadian Rocky Mountain Music Festival as the Pattison Group and we also have funds earmarked for the Save the Music Foundation from our purchase of the O.K. Radio Group in Victoria, so we are on our way.


2665             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  Well, that at least answered my question about why B.C. should get any money.  Because previously, Mr. Arnish was only talking about Calgary, here and another place in Alberta, and I am thinking why should B.C. people get any money just because Mr. Weafer is there.

2666             MR. ARNISH:  No, the funding is available to all school districts, all school music programs in British Columbia and Alberta.

2667             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  And Alberta.  And I am not getting this and it is my legal mind, you are going to create a foundation, a separate entity, and how is it going to be separate?  Like, are you going to be on the board?  I mean, like what..?

2668             MR. ARNISH:  Sure, we can answer that.  We talked about that in Calgary as well.  I will have Gerry give you an outline on it.  We are in the process right now of registering it as a foundation, as a society, and that process is ongoing at this point in time.  We will have an independent board of directors, we will have some members of the Pattison Broadcast Group as part of that board.  But for the most part, and Gerry can give you a breakdown, the makeup of the board is going to come from the Rocky Mountain Music Festival.


2669             And school districts or if a music educator wants to start an elementary school band in Beaverlodge, for example, or High River, whatever the case may be, it may even be here in Grande Prairie, they can certainly come forward and apply for funding for that.  The Save the Music Foundation will look at the funding for a program like that and make a decision at the end of the day whether they feel that that program should be funded or should it be something else.  But all the money will be dispensed on an annual basis and we will report where that money is spent as part of our annual CRTC returns at the end of the year.

2670             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  Will Pattison be the majority shareholder?  Who will have control of the foundation?

2671             MR. ARNISH:  The Rocky Mountain Music Festival will have control of the foundation.

2672             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  So the foundation is in fact the partnership that you were talking about on page 7 ‑‑

2673             MR. ARNISH:  That is correct.

2674             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  ‑‑ with the Canadian..?  Okay.

2675             MR. ARNISH:  That is correct.

2676             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  But it will be controlled by the Canadian Rocky Mountain Music Festival?

2677             MR. ARNISH:  That is correct.


2678             MR. SIEMENS:  Commissioner Cram, we anticipate four board meetings a year.  Willie Connell, who you are going to meet probably tomorrow from the Canadian Rocky Mountain Music Festival, will be here to speak to that.  But there are no administrative costs from the radio stations.  The board will operate on its own and, yes of course, there will be Pattison representation on the board, but it will be controlled by the board itself.

2679             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  What about the admin costs of the foundation, who pays that?  Is some of this money going to go to the admin costs or is it just going to go to seminars, bursaries, scholarships, high school instruments, regional talent competitions?

2680             MR. ARNISH:  I don't anticipate there will be any administrative costs really.  The board will be responsible for a pool of money, yet to be determined how large, which will go in and directly back out to the students and music programs that make application for it.

2681             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  Who will be receiving and processing the applications and assessing them?

2682             MR. ARNISH:  The Canadian Rocky Mountain Music Festival.


2683             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  Okay, on behalf of the foundation then, at their cost?

2684             MR. ARNISH:  Yes, Commissioner Cram.

2685             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  Okay.  And do you as yet have ‑‑ what is the word ‑‑ a definitive list of where the monies will go, in the sense of they shall not go here, they shall go to this, this, this, this?

2686             MR. ARNISH:  No, we haven't because we haven't got the foundation up and running yet.  We are waiting on some decisions to come from the CRTC.  We have put some money into the Rocky Mountain Music Festival, as Mr. Siemens mentioned, we sponsored the Rocky Mountain Music Festival this year, the Jim Pattison Broadcast Group.  We haven't gotten down to the definitive terms of that yet, but we are in the process of working on those and we would be most pleased to file those with the Commission as soon as that is done as well.

2687             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  I notice that when you were talking about the other commitments, the CWC Career Accelerator and there was another one for radio ‑‑

2688             MR. ARNISH:  Métis.

2689             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  ‑‑ the career accelerator designated groups.

2690             MR. ARNISH:  Yes.


2691             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  And then you had GPR College.  And you have ‑‑ I guess it looks like you have refined it more, an employment equity initiative in alliance with the Métis Nation of Alberta.  Now, you recognize that none of these are CTD as defined by us and I see you call it a significant financial commitment as opposed to CTD?

2692             MR. ARNISH:  Well we had this discussion in Calgary and it is a great question, because it does give us the opportunity I guess to sort of wave the flag for Canada and wave the flag for the broadcasting industry in general.  Yes, we clearly understand what Canadian Talent Development initiatives are all about.  But the industry is struggling, in our opinion, to bring along new people into the industry, it is struggling to bring new people into the industry that are in the four designated groups.  We do a great job in women but, as you know, in Aboriginals, people with disabilities and First Nations, we could do better, the industry as a whole could do better, but it is tough getting qualified people.


2693             I am a very strong believer in the promotion of women in management.  I think the industry, over the last few years has done a great job with that but we can do a better job.  And we do believe the initiatives that we put on the table here related to this Grande Prairie application is for Canadian Talent Development.  It may not be in the musical genre of pure Canadian talent, but we believe it is in Canadian talent of women, Aboriginal persons, people with disabilities, so on and so forth and giving them the opportunity to train, to join this fabulous industry of broadcasting and radio and television and we look up on our commitments as truly pure CTD.  It may not be in the criteria of the Commission, but that is the way we look at it.

2694             MR. SIEMENS:  If I might just elaborate on that, Commissioner Cram.  We recognized when we wrote the application, and the one in Calgary as well, that these proposals we were putting forward are colouring outside the line a little bit and we take full responsibility for that and embrace that.


2695             We just look at these programs ‑‑ we think they should be Canadian Talent Development, but even if they are not we have clearly identified them for you as a tangible benefit, because we think these programs are so worthwhile.  I mean, we are all struggling to boost our employment equity, to find Aboriginal persons and others that want to get into our industry, that need some encouragement to get into our industry, need some barriers lowered and we think that these programs all do that.

2696             And what is more, the small markets need programs like these.  We just heard an applicant yesterday saying how hard it is to attract people to smaller markets that fit the criteria.  So we need more people in the pool, that is what we need and we think this does that.  So is it Canadian Talent Development?  We think so.  But if it is not, it is definitely a tangible benefit and we stand by it.

2697             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  And you would accept a COL that you would spend these monies?

2698             MR. ARNISH:  Absolutely.

2699             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  Mr. Norman, how many Aboriginals do you have on staff in Grande Prairie?

2700             MR. NORMAN:  At present in Grande Prairie we do not have any.

2701             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  And what kind of programming do you have sort of geared towards Aboriginals?


2702             MR. NORMAN:  We have a number of community events we take part in and Gord Sharp, in a second, could allude a little more to that.  Also, Ms Anne Graham is involved not only as a sales rep with our radio station but as a community liaison too.  And in the north there is a significant Aboriginal population and quite a few events going on.  So I will pass it to Gord to comment on that.

2703             MR. SHARP:  We have done lots of news stories with Aboriginal groups.  There are seven First Nations within a 100‑mile radius of Grande Prairie, very active, done a lot of stories with the Métis group.  The closest First Nations to Grande Prairie is Horse Lake, they are very active in the sporting community and Sturgeon Lake is another one very active.  We have done a lot of stories with them over the years.

2704             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  What do you do to recruit Aboriginals, Mr. Norman?

2705             MR. NORMAN:  We have made some significant inroads in that.  Unfortunately, at this time, we still do not have an Aboriginal working for us.  But we are working on that and a program has been established by our sister station in the Pattison Group in Medicine Hat who have taken the initiative to get things rolling for our company.


2706             And you will meet Greg King tomorrow from the Métis Nation or when he appears.  Greg is really excited about this new program, Teaming the Métis Nation of Alberta.  He is the Head of Education for the Métis Nation of Alberta based here in Edmonton.  And he is really excited about teaming up with the program we have for audio visual and new media at Grande Prairie Regional College.  He said it is an opportunity of a lifetime and he said I love classic rock, can I be an announcer part‑time, so I might end up with somebody there.  But you will meet Greg tomorrow and we truly are trying to make this an initiative.

2707             MR. ARNISH:  You know, we talk about this in our whole group all the time because we meet quarterly and we meet often.  We take employment equity very seriously and, you know, even in some of our larger centres that are in small markets, Kamloops, Kelowna, Prince George, for example, Red Deer, even in Vancouver, it is extremely difficult, and I think other broadcasters in the room would say this as well, to find qualified people from the Aboriginal community.  And I think some of these programs that we are talking about here, these new initiatives with the Alberta Métis Association and the Grande Prairie Regional College go a long way in trying to foster people that will be trained to join us or join others in the industry as a whole.


2708             And we have had people from First Nations that have done well, they have come and joined us.  I will give you an example.  In Kamloops, we had a camera person who was a First Nations fellow and we hired him, he did very well, he came along and then the big market stations in Vancouver found out about him and hired him away from us, which is fine, we are glad he could pursue his career in Vancouver and it was a great opportunity and more money and all that.  But we had a difficult time trying to replace that position and I don't think to this day we were able to do that in that particular area.

2709             It is tough, there is no doubt about it.  But I think all of us in this room, I think all broadcasters are trying to grow the quotas, if I can use that terminology, in that and other areas as well.  We believe, in the Pattison Group, that is our responsibility, we should be doing that.

2710             MR. SHARP:  It is very hard to find workers in the Grande Prairie area.  And the Grande Prairie Regional College ‑‑

2711             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  In any event.

2712             MR. SHARP:  Sorry?

2713             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  In any event, it is hard to find anybody.


2714             MR. SHARP:  Yes, that is right.  And just a couple of months ago Grande Prairie Regional College started a program to help train heavy duty operators in the Aboriginal community and they have had some great luck with that and we did several stories on that.  And they are hoping that will help people from the Peace Country and Aboriginal people from the Peace Country get good‑paying jobs which will be in the area for a long time.  So yes, we need to work harder at it, but we are doing as many stories as we can on it as well.

2715             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  Moving onto finance.  You say that 80 per cent of your revenue will come from the incumbents.  How much of that will come from O.K.?

2716             MR. ARNISH:  I will have Anne and Kim talk to you about that, how we put our business plan together.  Kim.

2717             MS McKECHNIE:  Thank you, Commissioner Cram.  I believe in our deficiency letter we indicated that based on local advertising revenues from the existing licensees in the market approximately 80 per cent of the revenue from the new station will come from local advertisers rather than other stations.


2718             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  Okay. So what percentage of your revenue do you think will come from O.K.?

2719             MS McKECHNIE:  Well, do you want me to give you a breakdown of where all our revenue is going to come from?

2720             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  No, just percentage of your revenues that would come from that one incumbent.

2721             MS McKECHNIE:  Well, we are estimating around 20 per cent is going to come from other stations, but that would include our own as well.

2722             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  Yes.

2723             MS McKECHNIE:  So if we split the difference, 10 per cent.

2724             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  Oh, you think it would be about 10 per cent?

2725             MS McKECHNIE:  It is a guesstimate.

2726             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  Okay.  And of course you are the incumbent and you again have high high revenues, second only to O.K. in projections, and the same question as my colleague, Commissioner Langford, asked O.K., why are you so bullish?


2727             MR. ARNISH:  Well, I can let our team talk to you about that.  We have been in the market a long time.  We have been in the market as long as O.K. has to a degree.  We know the market very well, the market has grown over the last probably five to seven years quite nicely and we project a growth, as you heard from other applicants at this hearing as well, for Grande Prairie will continue over the next coming years as well.  We know the marketplace without question.  And when we put this business plan together we felt that with a pure classic rock radio station, our commitment to news and spoken word programming that we are going to repatriate a lot of the listeners.

2728             We went out, and Anne can talk about this, we went out and talked to a number of our clients, over 100 of our clients, about would they increase their budgets, would they look at supporting a station like this.  And I am going to let her give you some finite detail, but at the end of the day when we went out and did our homework, and we always do our homework, we do our due diligence.  We realized at the end of the day that we could launch this new station in Grande Prairie ‑‑ because we built our business plan on their only being one station in Grande Prairie, I will say that, because that is what the call for licences was for ‑‑ but we felt very strongly that the marketplace could support this station and then at the end of the day we realized perhaps it could support two.


2729             Anne.

2730             MS GRAHAM:  I am just going to, for one moment, defer this to Kim McKechnie who would just like to further comment on that and then I will address the issue as well.

2731             MS McKECHNIE:  I will give you the long boring math version how we came up with those numbers.  In projecting the revenues for The Drive we used our revenues from our existing station in Grande Prairie at the time we prepared the application so, of course, that was going back sometime around 2004.  We assumed that our competitor was doing roughly the same, which gives us a figure of around $7 million.  Based on the historical growth in the market around 3 per cent we bumped that up to $7.2.


2732             From there, we projected at approximately there would be about 10 per cent growth in at least year one and year two when you are adding an additional station.  The 10 per cent figure we arrive at for revenue is based on new businesses to Grande Prairie, not just to radio, but to Grande Prairie.  Then existing businesses who may not have, in the past, had a venue for their ads and then incremental users.  The estimate is, in part, a bit of an educated guess as well based on our experiences in, more specifically, Red Deer, as a recent example.

2733             To test the formulas then we went out into the market and polled 100 business with approximately 40 per cent of them indicating that they would increase their advertising budgets to add the rock station into their mix.  So this, coupled with the new businesses, should comfortably bring us to our 10 per cent projected growth in each of year one and year two.

2734             Our research shows us that we can expect at least 25 per cent market share.  So calculating our share of the projected market brings this figure to $2 million in year one with similar growth in year two.  We assume that these figures will slow to a more normal pace throughout the remaining term of the licence and beyond.  And I will just let Anne elaborate on what the business polling was.


2735             MS GRAHAM:  Thanks, Kim.  As we talked to more than 100 businesses in Grande Prairie in March of 2006 and the results came in that, as Kim had mentioned earlier, the 40 per cent of those surveyed indicated that they would be willing to support and they were looking forward to advertising on a classic rock radio station.  Forty per cent of the respondents also indicated that they would shift some advertising dollars around, maybe repatriate some of the dollars that was bleeding from the community in the trade area which is going to some of the other stations that, although they sell on the market they don't really serve the radio market or the Grande Prairie market, sorry.

2736             And about 20 per cent of them had responded that ‑‑ or sorry, 20 per cent were not using radio in the market at this time because they just didn't feel that the two existing stations could serve or reach the target demographic that they were seeking.  However, with the excitement of the classic rock radio format that could be coming to the market, they would definitely use it and would definitely spend advertising dollars on The Drive.

2737             MS McKECHNIE:  I might just like to add that in our revenue figures we are projecting about 20 per cent of that is going to come from national buys.  In an unrated market they tend to buy the campaign across the board for all the stations, so that money should be instant.

2738             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  Now, I just wanted to get into non‑programming synergies.  It would be sharing space I suppose, admin, back office, anything else?


2739             MR. NORMAN:  Commissioner Cram, there would be technical, sales, promotion and management positions, yes, and same office space, yes.

2740             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  Yes, okay.  Now, Mr. Arnish, you have just said that Grande Prairie could have two new licences.  Are you going to go for three?  I mean, two years ago when you made this application it was one, so two years later it is two.  People won't launch next year maybe, so I mean should we go for three?

2741             MR. ARNISH:  Great question, I knew it was coming.  You are right, when we did our business plan, we alluded to that earlier, we built the business plan on one radio station.  We guesstimated, as you heard Kim say, that we felt that the O.K. station was probably doing equally or maybe even perhaps better.  I mean, we don't know all the finite details on the market.  So we guesstimated that even though if we put a business plan together that is similar to ours that the market can support the additional one station.


2742             But the application goes back to a year, year and a half ago when we started to put it together and you have heard and we agree with it, that the marketplace has certainly continued to grow and perhaps will continue to grow into the future.  I don't have a crystal ball, I am not sure what is going to happen with the lumber industry, the pulp and paper industry, the oil and natural gas industry.  I think they are still going to have bright futures.

2743             So in answer to your question, if you look today at what the marketplace is doing I and we believe that the market could support two radio stations with diverse formats.  But again, I guess I would just pitch my line that I talked to you about earlier, that I think we have to be careful about ‑‑ if the market can support two, should it be two new independents or should it be two new diverse formats.  We have been in a number of markets where there has been more owners in the marketplace than two and it hasn't been good for the marketplace.  There is predatory pricing wars, there is a merging of formats together to get the greatest audience share for advertising revenues.


2744             I do believe at the end of the day that the marketplace can support two radio stations, two new commercial stations.  I do believe and I will say this, in this particular case they should go to the incumbents.  I think the incumbents will ensure again at the end of the day that there will be a modern rock station geared to young males 18 to 34 and are demographic geared to males in the classic rock genre.

2745             If the Commission decides at the end of the day that the specialty applicant, Mr. Hunsperger, Touch Canada, has a good application before you and decides at the end of the day that that licence should get approval in Grande Prairie, we don't believe that will impact the two incumbents.

2746             I guess the other thing, talking about if you licence two new independents, not only does it impact the marketplace with predatory pricing and formats going to the middle, but it certainly could impact the spoken word of the two current incumbent stations in Grande Prairie as well because you have to become more efficient at the end of the day.  I wouldn't like to see that happen, but it has happened in other markets.

2747             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  But surely, I mean with the PBITs you would have to go a long way before?


2748             MR. ARNISH:  I think you would but I guess, again, I will just reemphasize my point again, that I think what is in the best interest of the general public and the Broadcasting Act and the community of Grande Prairie is to have, if you are going to licence two, have four very distinct formats.  And I think you can achieve that, Madam Commissioner, by licensing the two incumbents, because we will follow through with four distinct formats.

2749             It has worked very well in many other markets that we are in.  In fact, I think you could ask other radio competitors that are appearing before you here for Grande Prairie that they have had the same type of situation in markets that they are in that we are not in.

2750             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  And you know, Mr. Arnish, the alternate frequency question?

2751             MR. ARNISH:  Yes, we have talked to our consulting engineer, Mr. Hanke, who is here if you wish him to come forward to make a statement on the record on that.  He has told me there is five other frequencies available in Grande Prairie and we should have no difficulty if we can't use the proposed ‑‑ there is five plus our own I should say, for six ‑‑ if for some reason you don't allow us to use the frequency that we have proposed to the CRTC.

2752             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  None of which will impact your projections?

2753             MR. ARNISH:  No, not at all.

2754             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  Thank you.  Thank you, Mr. Chair.


2755             THE CHAIRPERSON:  Thank you, Mr. Arnish.  When you spoke with my colleague regarding the Save the Music Foundation it prompted me to look at the CIRPA intervention.  I don't necessarily need that you specifically answer to the specifics of the CIRPA if you want to wait for the Phase 4.  But if you are not planning to wait for the Phase 4, can I have your comments on the fact that they are making the case that CARAS MusiCan is doing exactly what the Save the Music Foundation is planning to do.  Do you have any comments?  And you can reserve your comments to Phase 4, because I saw that you have a written reply, but you didn't really address the specifics of that comment from CIRPA.

2756             MR. ARNISH:  I might wait until Phase 4, but I guess I could say at this point in time we understand the CIRPA intervention and I think we have responded to it in‑kind and we have given a very detailed outlook on our viewpoint ‑‑

2757             THE CHAIRPERSON:  Yes, but not specifically to the argument that CIRPA makes that CARAS MusiCan is a foundation that ‑‑

2758             MR. ARNISH:  Yes.

2759             THE CHAIRPERSON:  ‑‑ has the same purpose than the Save the Music Foundation.


2760             MR. ARNISH:  We are a great support ‑‑ the Pattison Group record I think speaks for itself, is a great supporter of FACTOR, we received a very nice award from them last year at the Canadian Association of Broadcasters Convention for ‑‑ along with other broadcasting companies as well.  We certainly support the CAB Starmaker and Radio Fund‑‑ Starmaker Fund, those are great programs as well.  We just believe in Western Canada.  There isn't a program of this such, of this type that could benefit where it will benefit the most and that is with youth in musical programs, in high schools and youth coming out of high school and wanting the help and the opportunity to be taken to the next big level and make themselves the best of the best.


2761             As I said in Calgary, around our table in the Pattison Broadcast Group we are extremely proud of this legacy ‑‑ if you give us the opportunity we will be extremely proud of this legacy that our broadcast group can leave to Canada's youth.  And as I discussed, I think even funding from our foundation for a jazz band from Grande Prairie to travel to Chicoutimi to exchange Canadian youth viewpoints in Canada I think is a wonderful opportunity.  And this fund that we have set up will allow that to be a legacy going forward.  And as I said in Calgary, I think Canadians talking to Canadians is what we have to do.  We have to continue that process, especially young Canadians talking to young Canadians and what better way than through music and them exchanging ideas and exchanging travel between one province and the other.

2762             THE CHAIRPERSON:  Well, could you look specifically at CARAS MusiCan, so we have answer for the record?

2763             MR. ARNISH:  Yes, I will.

2764             THE CHAIRPERSON:  Well, now it is it the last opportunity that you have to pitch for your inquiry, so I am giving you two minutes to tell us why the Pattison Group should get the licence.

2765             MR. ARNISH:  Thank you very much, Mr. Chairman Arpin.

2766             I will be brief, as I have just seven points to make.  The Jim Pattison Broadcast Group believes that the granting of a new FM station in Grande Prairie, as we have proposed, will meet the objectives of the Broadcasting Act as well as contributing to the objectives that the Commission outlined in its commercial radio policy of 1998 and which is currently under review with the recent CRTC Radio Review.


2767             First, the proposed station will add a new and distinctive format to the City of Grande Prairie.  The new Drive FM would accomplish that without duplicating music currently being exposed on either Grande Prairie FM station.

2768             Second, the application by the Pattison Broadcast Group includes a comprehensive package of tangible benefits that totals $2,075,000 in direct costs and an additional $2.1 million in indirect expenses, which equals to $4,175,000.  The Canadian talent initiatives are well thought out and are designed to have an immediate and a positive effect in Northern Alberta.

2769             Three, the application by the Pattison Broadcast Group includes a significant commitment to news and information spoken word content.  In a rural community access to information is critical and we have responded with a promise of a minimum of nine hours and 15 minutes of new news and sports coverage weekly, plus a minimum of additional three hours and 30 minutes in live local surveillance information.

2770             Four, approval of our application will result in the creation of at least 15 new jobs in the broadcast industry.


2771             Five, licensing a new station to the Pattison Broadcast Group will strengthen one of the very few multi‑station broadcasting companies based Western Canada.  It will allow us to develop positive synergies with our existing station in Grande Prairie and will deepen our commitment to the north.

2772             Six, the Pattison Broadcast Group understands and thrives on small‑market radio.  We are thoroughly familiar with the special relationship between a radio station and the community in small markets.  We embrace the extra level of civic service required of small market stations and that, combined with the synergies we would develop with our existing Grande Prairie station, will allow us to provide a level of service to the community that a standalone station will find difficult to match.

2773             And seven, our company is based in Western Canada with a strong contingent of stations throughout Alberta.  We have strong connections to the social, political and economic life in the province.  The residents, listeners and business community of Grande Prairie have unequivocally endorsed our application for 104.7 The Drive with 107 letters of support, a 350‑name petition and countless interveners wishing to appear on our behalf at this hearing.


2774             Mr. Chairman, members of the Commission, our group plays an intricate role in the make‑up of the community of Grande Prairie.  The community has recognized this commitment by giving us their overwhelming support for a second FM radio licence.  We won't disappoint them or you if you grant us this privileged opportunity.

2775             On behalf of the entire Jim Pattison Broadcast Group team I thank you for this opportunity to appear before you and wish you well in your deliberations.

2776             THE CHAIRPERSON:  Thank you very much, Mr. Arnish.  Thank you very much to your team.

2777             We will break for lunch and we will start at 2:00.

‑‑‑ Upon recessing at 1301 / Suspension à 1301

‑‑‑ Upon resuming at 1411 / Reprise à 1411

2778             THE CHAIRPERSON:  Thank you for waiting.  We will resume the hearing.

2779             Madam Secretary, could you introduce the next applicant.

2780             THE SECRETARY:  Thank you, Mr. Chairman.


2781             We will now proceed with Item No. 8 on the agenda, which is an application by Vista Radio Limited for a licence to operate an English language FM commercial radio programming undertaking in Grande Prairie.  The new station would operate on frequency 104.7 MHz (channel 284C) with an effective radiated power of 100,000 watts (non‑directional antenna/ antenna height of 218.1 metres).

2782             Appearing for the applicant is Ms Margot Micallef who will introduce her colleagues.

2783             You will then have 20 minutes for your presentation.

2784             Ms Micallef...?

PRESENTATION / PRÉSENTATION

2785             MS MICALLEF:  Thank you.

2786             Good afternoon, Mr. Chairman, Members of the Commission, CRTC staff.

2787             Before commencing our presentation I will introduce our panel.

2788             My name is Margot Micallef and I'm the Chair and CEO of Vista Radio Limited.  To my immediate left is Bryan Edwards the President of Vista Radio Limited.  To his immediate left is Jason Mann our Vice‑President Programming.  To Jason's immediate left is Glenn Hicks our Director of News and Spoken Word for Vista Radio.  To my right is Paul Mann Executive Vice‑President Operations for Vista Radio.


2789             Mr. Chairman, Members of the Commission, we are now ready to start our presentation.

2790             It is an honour to appear before you today with an application for a new FM station to serve Grande Prairie, Alberta.  The basis of our proposal is simple.  Grande Prairie has a booming and expanding economy estimated by the Financial Post at $1.2 billion annually and there is a clear demand for additional choice by the citizens of Grande Prairie.

2791             Vista will introduce a distinct format to Grande Prairie designed to reach one of the largest unserved segments of the adult radio listening population.

2792             Vista has a strong well funded business plan which will enable Vista to ably compete with the two well established commercial broadcasters already in Grande Prairie.

2793             Vista will bring a new editorial voice to northwestern Alberta.  Vista will make a significant direct contribution to the development of Canadian talent and, finally, by providing a new radio station reflective of the community with a significant emphasis on local programming.  Our application will clearly meet your licensing criteria and benefit the Canadian broadcast system.


2794             MR. EDWARDS:  Vista Radio's commitment is to be a strong western Canadian small and medium market broadcaster providing local content which is relevant and very connected to the needs of our audiences.

2795             The addition of an FM station in Grande Prairie helps form the foundation of our expansion into Alberta where most of our shareholders currently reside.  In fact, a group of our shareholders are the founders of one of the largest employers in the Grande Prairie area.  Birchcliff Energy has invested upwards to $300 million in the area and shares Vista's values of supporting the communities in which we operate.

2796             As a small market broadcaster Vista has and continues to make major commitments in all of the communities we are licensed to serve.  We have local management in place at all of our stations and all of them make local decisions in the best interests of their respective markets.


2797             Vista not only endeavours to employ people locally but to ensure that each of our stations has sufficient on air and information personnel to deliver a distinct musical sound, excellent local news and an absolute dedication to the communities in which we operate.  We view our stations not only as the voice of their communities but the building blocks of those communities as well.  We support the issues which are important to our listeners.

2798             Over the past 60 days we have raised a total of almost $100,000 for the Cowichan Regional Hospital in Duncan, the Therapeutic Riding Association in Powell River and the Children's Miracle Network in Prince George.

2799             Our business plan is threefold:  one, to give each of our stations a professional sound with its unique identity; two, to staff each of our stations with local personnel; and, three, to deliver local programming relevant to that community.

2800             MR. P. MANN:  Why Grande Prairie?  Because Grande Prairie is clearly an underserved radio market.

2801             You have heard yesterday and today from all seven of the applicants who have preceded us that Grande Prairie is a thriving city and the citizens of Grande Prairie are crying out for more choice.  You have also heard that advertisers and others can't get on the air and that significant advertising dollars are leaving radio and the community.


2802             For example, we have been told that significant radio revenue is being taken out of the market to stations in Fort St. John, Dawson Creek and Peace River.  More choice in Grande Prairie and more radio inventory in Grande Prairie will help repatriate some of that market spending and further grow what has already been confirmed by one of the incumbents at something approaching a $9 million radio market.  This number is substantially higher than any of the applicants have projected as the annual radio revenue in Grande Prairie.

2803             When we started our analysis at the time of this application, almost one year ago, the Grande Prairie retail climate stood at about $914 million.  Recently, the Financial Post updated those figures and today the projected retail sales for 2006 are at $1.2 billion.  That's $200 million more than the last prediction for fiscal 2007.

2804             We are not going to repeat what is already on the record.  All of the previous applicants have shown evidence that supports the viability of not one but likely two new FM stations in the market.  This view was supported yesterday by OK Radio, an incumbent who has enjoyed the benefits of this thriving market and who knows it well.


2805             MR. J. MANN:  To begin with, our proposal is for a Classic Rock FM station specifically designed to appeal to a core audience between 35 and 44 years of age and, more broadly, adults 30‑49, many of whom are now listening elsewhere to satisfy their hunger for the music they grew up on.

2806             Even though the median age in Grande Prairie is 29.7 years old, this group of respondents was satisfied that their music of choice, a more modern selection, was being met.

2807             MR. P. MANN:  The research provided to Vista by Decima Research suggested Classic Rock would fill a major void in the market.  According to the research, it simply says:

"...a format targeted at adults between 35 and 44 years of age and, more broadly, adults 30 to 49, where the largest void exists, and a mainstream format that will have the least impact on any of the existing commercial stations."  (As read)


2808             Therefore, Vista will be able to monetize that opportunity by growing overall market revenue as clearly the two existing formats leave a large unserved void in that market.  This substantially unserved target audience is extremely valuable to the local advertising community and therefore we are confident the revenue projections in our application are realistic.

2809             MR. J. MANN:  Vista's research mandate specifically outlined two objectives:  number one, to locate a format that would be commercially viable and popular; number two, to locate a format that while popular would have minimal impact on the incumbent commercial stations and also serves the greatest unmet need in the market.

2810             In Classic Rock we have found a format that will primarily appeal to adults between 35 and 44 years of age and, more broadly, adults 30 to 49, by reintroducing many songs and artists which are not being aired locally in any significant numbers.

2811             Classic Rock, 104.7, has been designed to speak to the baby boom generation that is currently being underserved in Grande Prairie.  The station will present a wide scope of Classic Rock artists, including the Rolling Stones, David Bowie, Neil Young, Led Zeppelin, Rush, Van Halen, the Eagles, Robbie Robertson and Aerosmith.


2812             To fulfil Cancom commitments, we will not only revisit past Canadian acts but we will also present newer Canadian artists who are compatible with the overall sound of the station. Artists like Matt Mays and El Torpedo, 54‑40, Colin James, Jeremy Fisher, the Trews and Mr. Completely, which is a Campbell River band, that our stations on Vancouver Island were the first to play.

2813             Our view is that the insertion of more up‑to‑date Canadian acts will add a variety and freshness to our format without breaching the overall premise of Classic Rock 104.7.  After all, the key to this station is that it will be providing a much greater amount of 1960s, '70s and '80s Classic Rock music than the existing stations currently do and in doing so it will be focused specifically on serving adults between 35 and 44 years of age and, more broadly, adults 30 to 49.

2814             MR. HICKS:  But Classic Rock 104.7 will do a lot more than satisfy the music needs and wants of Grande Prairie.  It will take back the streets, a very clear Vista Group news policy now mandated in all of our small market stations.  By taking back the streets I mean when it comes to knowing, respecting, understanding and reflecting the new stories, issues and debates going on right in our very own communities, in our own backyard.


2815             Vista has a very clear news philosophy in place.  We handle news in a way that engages local interest in terms of people's health, heart and wallet.  We offer an almost blanket reflection of our local communities.  We make sure our newscasts focus on the local, local and local and when that is not enough we give them more local.

2816             This is such an important area for us in Classic Rock 104.7.  It is quite a commitment to offer extensive local hourly news programming seven days a week.  I have listened to so‑called local radio stations that claim they are in touch with community news but end up filling newscasts with wires copy and audio from areas that are nowhere near their own small markets and with very little relevance.  Wires can quickly become a crutch.

2817             Classic Rock 104.7 will deliver six hours of local newscasts per week, 12 newscasts per weekday, another 12 at the weekend, and we will have a target local content quota of 80 per cent or better.  That is precisely what we endeavour to do every day in our current operations.


2818             Four out of every five stories in most newscasts there are local with audio clips making our newscasts a mosaic of real local voices, and that's before local sports stories.

2819             We are passionate about local news at Vista.  Grande Prairie will get that passion too.  With our research indicating the greatest need in the market is the more mature news‑needy and news‑aware age bracket, we know that our attitude to saturating the airwaves with relevant local news content will satisfy that market.

2820             Other than the scheduled news, we will also run structured spoken word content along these lines: special 90‑second agri‑bus and energy reports which will run twice per weekday, that's 30 minutes a week; and that's in addition to weather updates in each cast and regular road reports, they contribute another two hours of spoken word a week.  Furthermore, there will be hourly 60‑second community service announcements, entertainment and community events.  That's seven days a week, three times a day.  That's almost another one hour and 30 minutes of spoken word.

2821             All of these components add up to a total of over 10 hours of spoken word a week.


2822             We will appeal to those currently not listening to the radio in Grande Prairie or those listening less because their genuine local content needs are not being met.

2823             When it comes to news we know and understand our place, our duty and on what level we can genuinely offer something more and something new in a small marketplace.

2824             MR. EDWARDS:  Mr. Chairman and Members of the Commission, we would like to update the Commission on Vista's policy regarding Canadian talent development.

2825             Vista is prepared to make a direct cash commitment of $500,000 over a seven‑year period or $71,000 a year in support of Canadian talent development.

2826             At the time we filed our application we intended to direct our CTD commitment in five initiatives:  the first being area, the second to Starmaker Fund, the third to a music and schools program for Grande Prairie, the fourth to FACTOR, and the last to a talent search initiative called Front and Centre.  This last initiative was to be managed by Vista.


2827             We have reviewed the letter of intervention by CIRPA and we intend, with your permission, to heed the requests of CIRPA to redirect the $87,000 originally aimed at our Front and Centre initiative to FACTOR.  We agree with CIRPA that these programs are well managed and well received and that there is no need to duplicate this program.

2828             MR. P. MANN:  Our new station will employ, starting from the launch day of the Grande Prairie operation, 16 new full‑time employees and one part‑time employee, including on‑air announcers, news, sports reporters, creative writers, salespeople, administrative and promotional personnel.

2829             We are committed to being a local radio station and Vista's operating philosophy of investing our money in small and medium markets across western Canada is one that we maintain now and in the future.

2830             We are committed to hiring from the local community when possible and endeavour to mirror within our company the demographics of the communities we serve.

2831             Vista Radio is committed to creating a barrier‑free, respectful workplace and corporate culture that offers equal opportunity and reflects the diversity of the communities we serve.

2832             MS MICALLEF:  Mr. Chairman and Members of the Commission, let's quickly review the merits of our application.


2833             We have provided evidence underlining the strengths and dramatic growth of Grande Prairie and the need in this community for two or more stations.

2834             We propose a music format that is commercially viable and which will add diversity in the market.

2835             Our business plan is well thought out and we are well capitalized.

2836             Our revenues are achievable and our costs are reasonable.

2837             We will bring a new editorial voice to Grande Prairie with a commitment to news that is presently unmatched in the market.

2838             We will fully meet the Canadian content requirements and are prepared to allocate over $70,000 per year for a total of $500,000 over a seven‑year term to support Canadian talent development.

2839             From day one, Vista will be committed to creating a workforce that reflects the cultural diversity of Grande Prairie and the province as a whole.  Our mantra is local.

2840             Paul, Jason, Bryan and I founded this company with a commitment to operating in small and medium markets.


2841             Unlike many of our competitors, these small communities are not an afterthought to us, they are our focus.

2842             Our stations stand on their own.  They are not mini versions of larger market stations.  We do not have a bear and a little bear station or a cool and a less cool station.  We strive to give each of the communities we serve the opportunity to identify with a station that mirrors their community.

2843             This application will not only contribute significantly to the objectives of the Broadcasting Act but it is truly a reflection of the commitment Vista Radio is now bringing to all of its small market radio stations and the communities we are licensed to serve.

2844             I wish to thank the Commission for this opportunity to explain our proposal and we would welcome your questions at this time.

2845             THE CHAIRPERSON:  Thank you, Ms Micallef.

2846             I think your introductory remarks and your application speak for themselves so I will go immediately to my list of questions.  Some may appear to you basic, but we need your views for the record.


2847             I know that regarding the Front and Centre project that you have, you are changing the initiative to go to FACTOR.  I have noticed that you have done the same thing also for your Fort McMurray application.

2848             MS MICALLEF:  Yes, we have.

2849             THE CHAIRPERSON:  We will start by talking about your demographic.  You have been talking about reaching an audience of 35, 44 or even extending it by five years in the two directions so covering 30 to 49.  You are saying it is going to be evenly balanced between men and women.

2850             Directionally, we know that Classic Rock is more skewed toward males than females.  Could you explain to us why you have decided to target your station equally between men and women?

2851             MS MICALLEF:  Certainly.  I will ask Jason Mann to please address that.

2852             MR. J. MANN:  Thank you for the question.


2853             Indeed, typically a Classic Rock station would, at the high end anyways, be three portions to one portion male to female audience, but I think it's more in the perspective.  I think the perspective was that the format would skew much closer 50/50, somewhere in the neighbourhood of 55/45 or maybe depending on the actual market performance 60/40.  Certainly, that is a significant difference than 3:1 as well.

2854             The size of the whole in the marketplace speaks to repatriating disenfranchised female listeners who we envision selecting our radio station if it was the only radio station in the marketplace, and we have broadened our playlist and made it a little bit softer than the typical Classic Rock station.

2855             Those are sort of the key areas where we would see attracting that type of an audience composition.

2856             THE CHAIRPERSON:  You choose to target your programming toward ‑‑ even if the research that Decima conducted for you is saying that the format will be much more attractive to men than to women?

2857             MR. J. MANN:  This is definitely an interesting discussion.  I will draw a little bit on my experience with Jet FM in Courtenay, CFCP‑FM.  Some of it comes to the non‑music elements of the radio station, some of the stationality, what we do, what we say on the air, what we do in the community.


2858             For example, we did a wedding wish promotion where we gave a $50,000 wedding prize to a lucky couple and it was dynamic and it was very much female skewed as far as appeal, so we saw a very high female response.

2859             Additionally, and I don't know how much more you want me to speak on the subject but as far as Classic Rock radio stations go you really don't have any pure Classic Rock radio stations in Canada.  The genesis of Classic Rock might be said to be in the United States.  In Canada, due to Cancon and non‑hit and hit regulations you will have a variance in the era and format composition of the Classic Rock format.

2860             Whereas most Classic Rock stations in Canada tend to skew more modern Alternative Rock as far as their current portions of their playlists, we would tend to skew on the softer side of current selections, still guitar‑based, guitar‑driven and considered Rock music by all means.  You know, a Jeremy Fisher is going to have a significant female appeal.

2861             THE CHAIRPERSON:  Why do you say that there is room for Classic Rock in Grande Prairie?  Obviously, there are only two other radio stations in the market, and you and many others have identified Classic Rock as being the format of choice, but ‑‑

2862             MR. J. MANN:  Certainly the other applicants have corroborated our research.


2863             Back in June‑July of last year Decima conducted the research, 400 respondents.  The methodology included an unaided recall as far as what format is missing in the marketplace and the first format or the top format in that line of questioning was indeed Classic Rock.  Then Decima tested four other formats, which also included Classic Rock and gave examples of the type of music a pure Classic Rock format would attract, and it scored at the top of the list as well as far as desire.

2864             Then, on the other side of the spectrum, what was available.  They asked the residents of Grande Prairie what was and wasn't available, and so low availability for Classic Rock, the lowest availability, perceived availability of Classic Rock in the marketplace, and the highest demand.

2865             So I think that is why you are seeing that many applications for Classic Rock or variations thereof.

2866             In your submission you said that obviously Classic Rock is your format of choice but the situation will change, and I'm quoting you from your supplementary brief:


"The situation will change however if an existing station begins to use the Classic Rock music format before a new licence is granted.  We have an alternative."  (As read)

2867             Can you expand on which alternative you are talking about and what will be the impact of that alternative on your business plan?

2868             MR. J. MANN:  In our supplementary brief we had indicated Classic Hits would be our alternate.  We believe that the older age demographics are underserved in the community to the point where there is definitely room for two Gold‑based stations there.

2869             I think the invisible hand of the free market will move subtly and at some point in time we will find, you know, our way if we were licensed there and certainly believe that there is an economic model for radio stations in the marketplace.  There would be definitely four distinct opportunities.

2870             As far as it impacting our business plan, I will defer...


2871             MR. P. MANN:  Frankly, between the Classic Rock and Classic Hits options format, we didn't see having to make one choice or the other if it came to that making an appreciable or material difference on the overall business plan, and that was, candidly, before we clearly got recognition that the market was about a third larger.

2872             THE CHAIRPERSON:  Yesterday we heard one of the applicants presenting some kind of a hybrid situation where it will be two thirds Classic Rock and Classic Hits.  If we were to grant them a licence and also to Vista another licence, what will you do?

2873             MR. J. MANN:  Well, I think that it has been stated that the first two beyond the air in the ‑‑ well, the incumbents actually have the first advantage, and I would imagine they will be actively repositioning their radio stations when things have been announced.

2874             The first new radio station in the marketplace is going to definitely have the advantage of choice.  There will be a mad rush for positioning and it would depend on where we were ‑‑ if we were licensed ‑‑ where we entered into the marketplace, either third or fourth.  We would definitely be supportive of maintaining a distinction in formats.

2875             I'm sorry; did I answer your question?

2876             THE CHAIRPERSON:  No, no, you did, but obviously unless you have a third choice to ‑‑

2877             MR. J. MANN:  Oh, a third choice.


2878             THE CHAIRPERSON:  Yes.

2879             MS MICALLEF:  If I may, it will come down to assessing the market at the time we were to launch.  If Sun was to change its format to an older format, they may very well leave room for a very younger format, so it may be that we would fill that niche.  So at the time when we are licensed we would reassess the market and determine what the need was.

2880             Assuming all things stay the same, our first choice would be Classic Rock, our second choice would be Classic Hits with no change to our projections or our business plan.

2881             Does that answer the question?

2882             THE CHAIRPERSON:  Well, it does, but obviously I'm looking at all the various alternatives.

2883             Eventually, if you were to move towards a younger demographic then it will probably have an impact on your business plan.

2884             MS MICALLEF:  Possibly.  But right now the younger demographic is being satisfied by the current stations in the marketplace.


2885             THE CHAIRPERSON:  And I'm talking business plans in the broader sense, not only regarding the financial aspect of generating revenues and the expense side but also your plans for news and verbal content.  I would suspect that if you target a very different group of listeners than the one you have already planned, you may have to change totally your tactic.

2886             MR. J. MANN:  I think it would depend ‑‑ and again going back to resurveying the marketplace to better serve it.

2887             You know, OK/Rogers, currently their radio station is exhibiting traits of an AC station in many respects as far as tuning and audience.  If they position themselves closer to AC, we would probably come in with the younger format.  If they position themselves towards that younger format then AC might be the way to go.

2888             THE CHAIRPERSON:  I read in your application for Fort McMurray that you have chosen Classic Hits as the privileged format and Classic Rock as the secondary choice.  In the case of Grande Prairie you went along with Classic Rock first and Classic Hits second.

2889             Are there major demographic differences between Grande Prairie and Fort McMurray so as to choose one format in one market and the other one in the other market?


2890             MR. J. MANN:  I wouldn't suggest that there are significant demographic differences.  They both have fairly young and vibrant ‑‑ I don't have the median ages for both markets right here in front of me, but I think the thing that was distinguished in the research was the mainstream radio station in Fort McMurray is definitely more Rock‑leaning in exhibiting listenership.

2891             THE CHAIRPERSON:  The incumbents are more Rock than they are in this market, obviously with one being Country.

2892             What are the differences that you are making between your own application for Classic Rock and the other applicant?

2893             MR. J. MANN:  With the information that I have been able to review as part of the other applications, in the other applicants' applications, which is not conclusive but at any rate from what I can tell it would seem that with OK/Rogers proposing a greater amount of New Rock music their station will, typically based on the artist that they have presented as samples, would be harder and newer.  Sun Country and Crude looks as if the majority of their music base would be older and harder and the newer portion of their music base would be harder than our music from the newer selections.


2894             I think Vista and Pattison are probably about equal as far as what you would expect to hear the station sounding like.  They might disagree with that.

2895             Bear Creek seems to me to skew just a little bit softer yet because of the introduction of Classic Hits into the format than say Vista and Pattison, and Newcap even softer than that but still as old as being Classic Hits applicants.

2896             I have a little bit of a grid.  I sort of placed it out.  I don't know ‑‑

2897             THE CHAIRPERSON:  Yes.  I have been following you with your grid.

2898             Have you made the grid available to the other applicants?  They might want to comment at the time of intervention on your grid.

2899             MS MICALLEF:  We have provided copies to the Secretary.

2900             THE CHAIRPERSON:  Could you make sure that a copy is made available in the record so that the other applicants can look at the grid and make comments if they so wish?


2901             THE SECRETARY:  I have copies and I will bring them to the examination room, so any applicants who wish a copy can go directly to the examination room.

2902             MS MICALLEF:  We waive our copyright.

2903             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  Oh, they just waived their copyright.  Okay, Madam Secretary, we are now selling it to the other applicants.

‑‑‑ Laughter / Rires

2904             MS MICALLEF:  Is that a fundraiser?

‑‑‑ Laughter / Rires

2905             THE CHAIRPERSON:  While we are still on the demographic, I will ask immediately my question about you are aiming at the 35‑44 but extended it to 30 to 49 but what will be the median age of your listeners?

2906             MR. J. MANN:  Forty.

2907             THE CHAIRPERSON:  Forty.  And it will be largely 55/45 male.

2908             Okay.  Now we will move to news.

2909             In your application you have stated that you were to offer approximately 72 weekly newscasts including continuous surveillance, entertainment and cultural programming, as well as two business‑related programs focusing on the oil and gas and the agricultural industry.  To accomplish these offerings you propose to hire three full‑time equivalent journalists.


2910             I know that you have provided us with a list of personnel and obviously, yes, there are still three journalists on your list.  What will be the function of these journalists and how will they gather their information?  Will they be the same people who will do some of the features that you are planning including those who are music‑related?

2911             MR. HICKS:  Yes.  Mr. Chair, when it comes to the news team, you are quite right, we have three full‑timers there.  We also have in the budget an allocation that would allow for some part‑time work as well.


2912             Just the logistics of day‑to‑day covering of a local news environment, you are going to get contacts and people who are going to be out there with the energy sector, the agri‑bus sector, so I would, as a news director of the station, I would advise my new news director to assign beats, so of your three full‑timers one of them would logically have a beat that would probably include the agri‑bus in that general eight‑hour day.  I would like to assign my second news person as the person who would have the energy beat.  They are in constant contact every day with people associated with those key news sectors, so they would be responsible ‑‑ the news team would be responsible for putting together those specialist features in addition to their local news gathering.

2913             THE CHAIRPERSON:  You also have planned for features that are directed towards entertainment in the music area.  Will those features be done by your news people or will they be done by the programming people?

2914             MR. HICKS:  I will defer that to Jason.

2915             MR. J. MANN:  By programming.

2916             THE CHAIRPERSON:  By the programming people.

2917             Can you please elaborate on the synergies between your proposed station and the other Vista holdings that you have in British Columbia?

2918             I don't think you have any stations yet in Alberta.

2919             MR. EDWARDS:  Not yet.

2920             THE CHAIRPERSON:  Not yet.


2921             MR. EDWARDS:  The only real synergies, as I answered the same question in Calgary, was that our synergies will be in all the back office equipment, traffic, accounting, et cetera.  We intend to run the stations as local identities.  In virtually every market we are in we run a different format and there is ‑‑ unless it was a purchased network, for example, on the island, we don't see a lot of synergies between the stations.

2922             Obviously, if there is news, that's going to have an impact in one market and the other we would share them but, you know, if the question is are we going to network or are we going to simulcast, the answer is no.

2923             THE CHAIRPERSON:  But back office, when you are talking back office ‑‑ I noticed that you have here "receptionist/traffic" on your list.  Didn't you mention that you were considering traffic to be centralized somewhere?

2924             MR. EDWARDS:  Yes.  In fact, your memory is excellent.  We did bring that up and since we have seen you last we have implemented it.  Of course this application is a year old and we have found a traffic system that is mobile anywhere in North America so there is no longer a need for a local traffic person per se.

2925             THE CHAIRPERSON:  And are there other back office support that are either centralized or ‑‑

2926             MR. EDWARDS:  Yes.  Accounting and billing would be the same.


2927             THE CHAIRPERSON:  Will be the same.  And because of the software that you are using it could be done from anywhere ‑‑

2928             MR. EDWARDS:  Anywhere.

2929             THE CHAIRPERSON:  ‑‑ but I would suspect it's done out of Duncan.

2930             MR. EDWARDS:  Actually, Courtenay.

2931             THE CHAIRPERSON:  Courtenay.

2932             You mentioned in your oral presentation that 100 per cent of your programming will be local.  Which portion will be local live and which portion will be voice‑tracked?

2933             MR. EDWARDS:  We intend to be live throughout the broadcast day.  I guess the only caveat to that would be that there has already been some discussion about the cost of living and the availability of qualified staff, so obviously in a temporary shortness we might find ourselves having to revert to voice‑tracking but our intent is to be live.

2934             THE CHAIRPERSON:  To that effect, you are planning to have five full‑time programming staff.  Have you an idea of the schedule that they are going to have, because five full‑time, we are talking here 126 hours a week?  For five people that is ‑‑ some of them will have much longer shifts than others.


2935             MR. EDWARDS:  Four‑hour shifts per weekday and then on weekends we would have an extended 6:00 to noon or 8:00 to two o'clock shift, so we wouldn't be full on the broadcast day on weekends.

2936             THE CHAIRPERSON:  Regarding spoken word, you would be forced to change formats.  Have you any idea what kind of spoken word you will be contemplating?  Will you be changing some of the features and virtually the energy and the ‑‑ obviously if you are catering more to the younger generation, are they as interested in the agricultural and the energy features that you have contemplated?

2937             MR. EDWARDS:  Between the two stated preferred formats, Classic Rock and Classic Hits, it would stay the same.  If there was a third vastly different format, the amount of spoken word wouldn't change but I think we would probably want to look and see what the interests were of those that would end up ultimately being at the core of our audience.

2938             THE CHAIRPERSON:  We will move now towards CTD.


2939             You have agreed to, and you have listed, your CTD commitments in your ‑‑ the annual contribution that you have ‑‑ well, you are aiming to contribute $500,000 over a seven‑year period, which is over $71,000 per year, which includes a $3,000 contribution towards the CAB plan, while the Grande Prairie market has been considered a small market by the CAB definition, but you have committed to spend $3,000 into CTD in accordance with the CAB plan.

2940             Will you accept that as a condition of licence?

2941             MR. EDWARDS:  Absolutely.

2942             THE CHAIRPERSON:  Are you suggesting to the Commission that we, throughout the review of radio, consider that, from now on, Grande Prairie is a medium‑sized market rather than a small‑sized market, a small market?

2943             MR. EDWARDS:  No.  I don't think we are suggesting that at all.

2944             THE CHAIRPERSON:  It's only a commitment of yours.

2945             MR. EDWARDS:  That's correct.

2946             THE CHAIRPERSON:  Okay.  Fine.

2947             The $87,000 for the Grande Prairie ‑‑ you have already answered that.  Yes.  You're switching that fund to FACTOR.


2948             You have indicated that you will be devoting a minimum of $68,428, that's the remaining amount other than the $3,000 I have just referred to, here in direct CTD.  For the purpose of clarity in considering that most undertakings do not implement in the first year of their licence term, will you agree to a condition of licence directing the minimum of $68,428 to CTD over seven consecutive years, broadcast years, rather than the first licence term?

2949             MR. EDWARDS:  Yes, over seven years.  Yes.

2950             THE CHAIRPERSON:  Seven consecutive years.

2951             MR. EDWARDS:  Seven consecutive years.

2952             THE CHAIRPERSON:  Okay.  Fine.

2953             Are you planning any synergies between your ‑‑ if you were to be granted a licence for Grande Prairie and another one for Fort McMurray, do you contemplate any synergies between the two?

2954             MR. HICKS:  I'll go ahead.

2955             From the news perspective, it's probable from a regional news perspective, possible shared angles, possible assistance in both the Grande Prairie and Fort McMurray newsrooms to use each other's stories as a lead to bounce onto other stories and other angles.  There is a potential for story‑sharing synergies between those two newsrooms.


2956             But again, when I direct newsrooms to look at each other's work, it's generally not a signal for them to smash and grab and steal.  It's generally, as any decent newsroom knows gathering decent local news, you look at each other's work as a helping hand to bounce you into the next angle, to look for genuine local angles pertinent to your community.

2957             So not necessarily story sharing but, you know, process and idea sharing from the news perspective.

2958             THE CHAIRPERSON:  And for other verbal components...?

2959             MR. J. MANN:  I think really the only one that might have some shared application would be the energy report.  A very similar economic base in that respect.  Not so much agriculture in Fort McMurray.  I think that that beat might be a shared beat, but that's pretty small in the scope of things.

2960             THE CHAIRPERSON:  We discussed earlier about synergies, but I'm looking at your employee grid and I don't see any technical in your list of employees.

2961             MR. P. MANN:  I could perhaps answer that one.


2962             There is what is equivalent to roughly a half position under "Technical" shown in our budget.  It is indeed a shared position, as we would see it, across two or more markets.  So while we have it budgeted within a line in the technical department, we didn't count that in the 16.5.  We in fact left it out because it would be a body who may or may not live in Grande Prairie or Fort McMurray.  It could be one or the other but sharing between a couple of those markets.

2963             MR. J. MANN:  And in the event that there was only one licence granted to Vista in the process, if we were so lucky, it would be just a part‑time position.

2964             MR. P. MANN:  That's why we didn't show it within the actual personnel positions chart.

2965             THE CHAIRPERSON:  I have a few questions regarding your corporate matters and particularly your shareholder's agreement.


2966             As you probably are aware, as there has been an exchange of correspondence, the Commission is still waiting for the final copy concerning all the signatures of the shareholder's agreement.  Could you confirm that there were no amendments to the shareholder's agreement per se?  We have a copy but we don't have the copy with the full signatures.  Would you confirm that the copy that we have is the shareholder's agreement, the formal shareholder's agreement?

2967             MS MICALLEF:  Yes, I will.  There have been no changes to the former that was sent in to the Commission and we have today in fact filed all of the signature pages with the Commission.

2968             THE CHAIRPERSON:  So we did receive them.  Did you file them here or you ‑‑

2969             MS MICALLEF:  We filed them in Ottawa.

2970             THE CHAIRPERSON:  In Ottawa, through the usual ePass system.

2971             MS MICALLEF:  Correct.

2972             THE CHAIRPERSON:  Lucky you, you know how it works.

‑‑‑ Laughter / Rires

2973             THE CHAIRPERSON:  I have never discovered it myself.  I was appointed early enough not to have to learn it.


2974             You did mention that the market could sustain ‑‑ you started by one, then you said two stations.  Could we discuss a bit further about the various alternate scenarios if we were to grant you a licence and one of the incumbents a licence?  What impact would it have on your view and on your business plan, if any?

2975             MR. EDWARDS:  You said one incumbent.

2976             THE CHAIRPERSON:  Yes.

2977             MR. EDWARDS:  Not the nightmare that was on the table ‑‑

2978             THE CHAIRPERSON:  No, no, I will come ‑‑

‑‑‑ Laughter / Rires

2979             THE CHAIRPERSON:  If you want to comment because that is going to be my secondary question.

2980             MR. EDWARDS:  Okay.  Well, let's comment reverse order then.

2981             THE CHAIRPERSON:  Okay.

2982             MR. EDWARDS:  I think others have spoken to it.  I think if you were going to licence a third commercial station and give each of the incumbents another FM, that certainly would put that new player at a significant disadvantage.

2983             If you were to licence one of the incumbents and a new player, needless to say the disadvantage wouldn't be quite as significant.

2984             If you are going to then ask me in a perfect world what should you do ‑‑ am I anticipating?

2985             THE CHAIRPERSON:  Yes.  Oh, yes.


2986             MR. EDWARDS:  We certainly would support two new entrants to the marketplace.

2987             THE CHAIRPERSON:  Obviously, if the Commission was to be generous and gave three licences, is there a specific one you think would be complementary to the proposal that you have and would not hurt your business plan?

2988             MR. EDWARDS:  Well, if you are talking about giving three licences and one of them is a special leave, then that wouldn't ‑‑ we don't see that that would be a problem.

2989             THE CHAIRPERSON:  When OK Radio appeared they said that they were aware that the Peace River radio station has applied for a re‑broad that will partially cover the market of Grande Prairie.  Do you think it will have an impact on the ‑‑ if the Commission was to approve that re‑broad, do you think it will have a significant impact on your plan if we were, say, to grant two licences, one specialty and that re‑broad?  That makes four new players around the table.

2990             MR. P. MANN:  I will respond to that.


2991             I think given that we now clearly understand that we are in a $9 million, probably a $10 million market by the time these licences happen, if there are multiple licences, it is quite a different premise from where all of the business plans, by and large, have been built for this event.

2992             Given that we are in that range today and we already know that there are dollars going to the Peace River Group as well as the Standard Group on the British Columbia side, I don't think on nine‑plus million dollars today is the reality that the additional share for a re‑broad who may pick up some additional peripheral audience is going to make a significant impact on a market this size.

2993             THE CHAIRPERSON:  We all have the same question, the technical question.

2994             If we were to grant you the licence but not at the frequency that you have applied for, do you think you would be able to find another one if ‑‑

2995             MR. EDWARDS:  Absolutely.

2996             THE CHAIRPERSON:  And if no, why not?  Absolutely.

2997             MR. EDWARDS:  Absolutely.

2998             THE CHAIRPERSON:  Well, we have already heard the answer.

2999             MR. EDWARDS:  And as everyone else has said, in this market there are plenty of frequencies.


3000             THE CHAIRPERSON:  I know that some of my colleagues have questions.  I will start with Mrs. Cram.

3001             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  Thank you, Mr. Chair.  I will be brief.

3002             I think it was you, Mr. Edwards, who said that your intent is to go 100 per cent live unless there are, if I can call them, force majeure problems.  Would you agree to a COL to that effect?

3003             MR. EDWARDS:  Yes.  And one more caveat to that would be as long as we are not competing with two new FMs owned by the incumbents, because that would seriously change the business plan.

3004             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  Okay.

3005             Now numbers.  Spoken word or spoken word matrix, if I can take you to that.  It is really the non‑scheduled spoken word at the very bottom that I couldn't understand.  What I couldn't understand was the last sentence:  six hours 45 minutes non‑scheduled spoken word plus nine hours 45 minutes.

3006             Where did that nine hours 45 minutes come from?

3007             MR. J. MANN:  That would be a typographical error.

3008             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  Oh.


3009             MR. J. MANN:  Sorry.

3010             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  Okay.  So what is that number supposed to be?

3011             MR. J. MANN:  Instead of 9.45 it would be 10.24.

3012             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  All right.  Okay.

3013             MR. J. MANN:  My apologies.

3014             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  Perfect.  Thank you very much.

3015             Thank you, Mr. Chair.

3016             THE CHAIRPERSON:  Mr. Langford.

3017             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  Thank you, Mr. Chair.

3018             I just want to bring you back to where the Chairman left off, not on the technical but on the kind of different scenarios of licensing.


3019             To go to your more preferred apocalyptic scenario, which would be new players, all new players that we are licensing, let's say two commercial, perhaps the gospel, but everyone seems to agree that they can work around that, the specialty licence, so just taking the two new players, so assume, for example, that it's you and one of the others, any one of the others, Bear Claw maybe or something, it doesn't really matter, any one of the new ones, everybody is going to try to launch first.  Everyone seems to think that's the way to go, stake out their territory.

3020             I understand that part, but where I wouldn't mind having your insight is on ‑‑ were you here for the Pattison, by the way, the Pattison presentation?

3021             MR. EDWARDS:  We listened to it.

3022             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  Good.

3023             On their kind of apocalyptic scenario that it would be Dodge City ‑‑ I'm paraphrasing, they were much more eloquent than that ‑‑ that the blood would run in the streets, that the rate cards would be slashed, that everyone would lose.

3024             What would happen, in your view, if the two incumbents, from a business point of view, from a dollar point of view, the two incumbents who have been there a long time, well rooted in the community, yourself and one of the other active, you know, vibrant players were licensed?  How do you see it working out?  Is it going to be as bleak as the Pattison group suggests?

3025             MR. EDWARDS:  I don't believe it would be.


3026             First of all, the market is significantly larger than we all thought going in, which suggests there is a very high rate or suggests that there is a very, very low inventory level available.

3027             Our experience has been, in each of the markets that we have gone into, the market rate has increased by not less than 20 per cent to 25 per cent on a per spot basis since we entered the marketplace.  We believe in good programming and good programming will command a respectful rate, and creating a bloodbath in a marketplace doesn't help anyone.

3028             The only concern I would have is as this hearing goes on there is more and more licences being granted so I hope we are going to run off soon ‑‑

‑‑‑ Laughter / Rires

3029             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  That's democracy.  I mean once we open the door, or someone opens it, we don't shut it until everyone who wants to be heard comes through, which from your perspective is great as long as it's only you, but as the crowds grow it gets like something out of Virgil.


3030             So what does happen though?  You are telling me you don't cut the prices, but still your business plan is not exactly as planned.  I take your point that it's a bigger market and a bigger pot, but still you have to spend a lot of money and you have to scrap ‑‑ if things go badly where do you find your savings?  You know, you have to stay afloat.  Do you cut news, do you cut live, go to voice‑tracking?  Where are the logical places to cut?

3031             MR. EDWARDS:  Well, the first logical place to cut on the expense side is we would probably end up with a little more voice‑tracking than we would like.  That would traditionally be the evening hours which have typically a low tune‑in.

3032             The one area we would not cut is spoken word because, once again, one of the reasons that we have been able to command an increase in the markets that we are in, some are small and some are a little larger, is because in those markets we have increases spoken word and increased the commitment to local content, not just reading a newscast locally but the actual content.  The marketplace has responded very well to that.  When that happens listenership goes up and repatriation goes up and dollars go up.

3033             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  So maybe we shouldn't hit you with that COL that my colleague Commissioner Cram suggested on live programming until we work out in our own minds what else we are going to do to you.


3034             MR. EDWARDS:  That's why it's kind of a loaded question.

3035             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  It is, yes.

3036             Okay.  Well, we will take that under consideration.  That's why we are here.

3037             You said you wouldn't cut news and that brings me to a question for either your news guru or yourself, or however you want to do it.  It is my last question.

3038             Are you familiar with the research that was commissioned by OK Radio, which essentially assessed the marketplace, as all research does, assess their place in the marketplace as, in a sense, superior in numbers to the other incumbent but with a little less loyalty?  Do you remember that research?  I'm going by memory, but as I did question them yesterday I think my memory is pretty accurate.  That research established, for what it is worth, that they were doing a crackerjack job on news and they were kind of the place to go for news.


3039             Does that inhibit your plan at all?  I mean, you are not going into kind of an empty field, everybody is starting on a level playing field.  From what I'm hearing from you you are tying a big part of your vision of how to proceed here on news and spoken word and already in the field is a tried and true success, if their research is accurate.

3040             Does that change your views now that you have had access to this file?

3041             MR. J. MANN:  No.  The older, mature audience that we intend to attract to the format, to the station, are typically in fact indexed higher as far as requirements or demand or need or desire for news and spoken word content and so if we deviated from that plan I don't think we would be fulfilling the mandate that our audience would expect or want.

3042             MR. EDWARDS:  And if I could just add one quick point to that?

3043             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  Absolutely.

3044             MR. EDWARDS:  If we went back to, say, circa 1970, the CBC National News service was the only game in town and up starts CTV who overtook them in that 10‑year period.

3045             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  I have never forgiven them personally.

‑‑‑ Laughter / Rires

3046             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  I said it was my last question, but in response to your response, sir ‑‑ sorry, I have forgotten your name.

3047             MR. J. MANN:  Jason.


3048             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  Jason.

3049             Jason, Mr. Mann, can I pull out your grid and show it to you?  It would be very helpful.

3050             Did you prepare this grid?

3051             MR. J. MANN:  I did.

3052             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  Could you place on this grid for us the two incumbents, Country and Sun FM?

3053             MR. J. MANN:  Sure.

3054             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  To the best of your ability.  I think we might as well have the total picture, if that's all right with my colleagues.

3055             MR. J. MANN:  We didn't spend a lot of time focusing on what the era content of the Country station was because it was such a distinct format, but it would certainly be at the softer end and most likely newer.  So in that bottom right‑hand quadrant, somewhere, say, two‑thirds down and one‑third over, over "CJXX" probably ‑‑

3056             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  Does this grid cover age at all?

3057             MR. J. MANN:  No.  This is about sort of a music comparison.


3058             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  A music comparison.  So we are down here kind of all alone down here.  There is no one else in this grid.  Is that the one, the bottom right?

3059             MR. J. MANN:  Sorry?  Can you repeat the question?

3060             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  Are they down all alone in this bottom right ‑‑

3061             MR. J. MANN:  Not both, no.  Just the Country station would be somewhere in that bottom right quadrant, somewhere mid bottom right quadrant.

3062             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  Okay.

3063             MR. J. MANN:  And as far as the incumbent, it would be on the right side but above the older‑newer axis, which is along the softer to harder.  It would be considered much harder.  Somewhere in the lower third.

3064             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  Not as high as OK/Rogers.  Under them.

3065             MR. J. MANN:  Correct.

3066             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  Okay.

3067             MR. J. MANN:  It's general.

3068             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  And how would you describe their sound?

3069             MR. J. MANN:  Well, it's a Hot AC with Rock music and Pop music and AC music.  It's, as they have described themselves, fairly broad and ‑‑


3070             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  It's quite a smorgasbord, yes.

3071             MR. J. MANN:  Yes.

3072             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  But when you are the only game in town ‑‑

3073             MR. J. MANN:  Absolutely.

3074             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD: ‑‑ you have to offer a little something.

3075             MR. J. MANN:  I think they do a great job.

3076             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  Okay.  Thank you.  That's helpful to me.

3077             Those are all my questions, Mr. Chair.

3078             THE CHAIRPERSON:  Thank you.

3079             Legal counsel.

3080             MS MURPHY:  Thank you, Mr. Chair.

3081             I would like to, just for the record, confirm a few numbers here with respect to your CTD contribution.

3082             In your supplementary brief you had indicated that the annual contributions to the Front and Centre initiative would be $36,428.60.  Is that correct.

3083             MR. EDWARDS:  That's correct.


3084             MS MURPHY:  You then indicated that you would redirect this amount to FACTOR.

3085             MR. EDWARDS:  That is correct.

3086             MS MURPHY:  At page 12 of your oral presentation you confirm that you are going to redirect this amount but the amount is written on page 12 as an amount of $87,000.

3087             MR. EDWARDS:  That's the seven year total.

3088             MS MURPHY:  It's the seven year total.

3089             Thirty‑six thousand per year times seven is $255,000, so I'm not sure what this amount refers to.

‑‑‑ Pause

3090             MR. EDWARDS:  I'm sorry; that's a typo.  The chart that we gave is correct.

3091             MS MURPHY:  Great.  Thank you very much.

3092             MR. EDWARDS:  Thank you.

3093             MS MURPHY:  Those are my questions.

3094             THE CHAIRPERSON:  Thank you.

3095             Mr. Edwards or Ms Micallef, I am giving you an opportunity to tell us why Vista should be granted a licence to serve Grande Prairie.


3096             MS MICALLEF:  Thank you.

3097             Mr. Chairman and Members of the Commission, there are 10 applications before you for a licence to serve Grande Prairie.  Of the 10 applications, eight are for a licence to operate a mainstream commercial undertaking.  Of these eight, three already serve Grande Prairie and the surrounding area.  Those three are the Jim Pattison Group with CJXX, OK Radio or Rogers with CFGP, and Standard Radio with CJDC, CKNL and CHRX.

3098             Of the five remaining applications, one already significantly serves Alberta.  Newcap operates 31 licences in roughly 20 locations in Alberta.

3099             Of the four remaining applicants ‑‑ all are independent ‑‑ Vista is the best capitalized.  Vista has the most realistic first year pre‑operating cost projections and the greatest ability to withstand any surprises or financial setbacks in getting the station on the air or in supporting it as revenues accumulate.

3100             Vista has the highest CTD commitment.

3101             Vista's business plan has released cannibalization of business from the incumbents.


3102             Vista has a proven track record of offering virtually 100 per cent relevant and local news.

3103             Vista has clearly made a long‑term commitment to this industry.

3104             Vista is the only applicant who is offering a pure Classic Rock format of the group of the four independents.  This completely satisfies one of the identified voids in this market.

3105             We consider it a privilege to operate radio in this country and we take the guidance and requirements of the Commission very seriously.  We have presented a business plan which serves the community, has the least disruption to the incumbent operations while we are still offering a distinct sound, diversity of voices and a purely local focus.

3106             Please allow us the opportunity to serve this community.

3107             Thank you.

3108             THE CHAIRPERSON:  Thank you, Ms Micallef, thank you, gentlemen.

3109             We will take a 10‑minute break.

‑‑‑ Upon recessing at 1517 / Suspension à 1517

‑‑‑ Upon resuming at 1533 / Reprise à 1533

3110             THE CHAIRPERSON:  Order please.  Ms Secretary.


3111             THE SECRETARY:  Thank you, Mr. Chairman.

3112             Before we proceed to the next application I just have a few announcements to make.

3113             The panel intends to proceed to Phase II before the end of the evening.  Therefore, if there are any applicants in the room that do not intend to proceed to Phase II, which is intervening on the other competing applications, I would please ask that you come and let me know so that we know how many applicants will in fact appear during Phase II.

3114             For the record, the two applicants OK Radio and the numbered company 1097282 Alberta have filed an additional document as a result of commitments they have taken before the panel.  The documents will be placed on their application file and will be available in the examination room.

3115             We are now ready to proceed to Item No. 9 on the agenda which is an application by Crude Communications for a licence to operate a commercial English language low power FM radio programming undertaking in Grande Prairie.


3116             The new station would operate on frequency 95.5 MHz (channel 238LP) with an effective radiated power of 50 watts (non‑directional antenna/antenna height of 52.6 metres).

3117             Appearing for the applicant is Mr. Gordon Gauvin who will introduce his colleagues.

3118             You will then have 20 minutes for your presentation.

3119             Mr. Gauvin.

PRESENTATION / PRÉSENTATION

3120             MR. GAUVIN:  Mr. Chairman, Members of the Commission, my name is Gordon Gauvin.  It is my pleasure to present to you an application by Crude Communications for a low power FM broadcast licence for Grande Prairie, Alberta.

3121             Assisting me with our presentation today is Debbie Price.  Debbie is a certified management accountant and has been retained by Crude Communications to be our corporate accountant.  Debbie has lived most of her life in the Grande Prairie area and with her family is active in many parts of the Grande Prairie community.  Debbie will outline a bit about the Grande Prairie economy, the forecast for its future and how it relates to our application.


3122             Next to Debbie is Donna Pringle.  Donna is a 50 per cent partner in Crude Communications.  She has been a successful business person over the years and has experienced owning and managing companies in both Alberta and British Columbia.  Donna moved to Grande Prairie in 2000, is an active member of the community.  Donna will be outlining our community‑based initiatives to the Commission.

3123             Next to Donna is Brenda Mercer.  Brenda has worked in the radio and band promotion business since 1990.  She has worked in radio locations including Victoria and Prince George, B.C., as well as Oxford and London, England.  Brenda brings with her experience of launching new radio stations as she was on the ground when CKXM was launched in Victoria in 1996.  Brenda's knowledge and experience is a welcome addition to the Crude Communications programming department.  Brenda will be discussing our commitment to Canadian talent development, our Indie‑Genius program as well as our overall programming.

3124             Next to Brenda is Walter Wenzl.  Walter is the Operations Manager at PeaceCom Limited, a Grande Prairie‑based company that specializes in wireless communications.  Walter is also our Web designer.  Walter will be making a presentation regarding the relationship of our proposed signal to the existing ones within the Peace Country, as well as an outline of some of our plans for our Web site, gprockradio.com.


3125             Also in attendance today is Chad Zima.  Chad is with the law firm Miller Thomson.  They have made presentations to the CRTC on several occasions.  Chad is our legal counsel for this application.

3126             As I mentioned, my name is Gord Gauvin and I'm the other 50 per cent owner of Crude Communications.

3127             I have worked in the radio industry in both Prince George and Kelowna, B.C.  I have extensive management experience and I currently run the Grande Prairie office for a national insurance company.

3128             I have probably lived in Grande Prairie since 2000.  I was on the host committee for the 2006 Alberta Cup.  I'm also the current president of the South Peace Ball Association and I am a member of the organizing committee for the Summer Slam Music Festival, which this year is celebrating its seventh year as Grande Prairie's biggest Rock music festival.


3129             Our name initially was designed to reflect the oil and gas industry that has propelled the Grande Prairie economy to where it is today.  Crude Communications is a hopeful new entrant in the Canadian broadcasting industry and are proud to say that ours was the first application that was received by the CRTC for a new radio station for Grande Prairie.

3130             We are an independent company.  Our application accurately reflects the values and goals of our company and the city that we plan to broadcast to.

3131             Our ownership is comprised of just Donna Pringle and myself.  Our management and programming team includes broadcast professionals who are currently in the broadcast industry in other markets.  They combine for decades of experience.

3132             As our key people are utilized, it is the goal of the current ownership to reward commitment and contribution to these key employees with shares in our company.

3133             It is hoped that by the end of the seven‑year term of our initial licence our ownership would be diverse and be 49 per cent owned by the people that have made us successful.


3134             To keep it local, we have made it mandatory in our corporate bylaws that all shareholders must live in Grande Prairie and be employed by Crude Communications.  This is truly a unique opportunity for quality broadcasters that non‑publicly traded companies rarely make.  This opportunity will help give experienced broadcasters an opportunity to make a good living in a career that they love in a smaller market while helping new people in the industry with invaluable training and experience.

3135             Our station will have a community feel to it while still reaching goals set with Canadian content, diversity of news voices and Canadian talent development.

3136             The fact that our application is for a low power FM licence helps to differentiate us from the applications before you and the broadcasters that are currently on the air.  Our goal is to reach Grande Prairie in a way that no one else does.

3137             Other applications before the Commission are trying to broadcast to areas very well served by current broadcasters.  These areas have had little to no growth over the last several years.

3138             We propose to broadcast to just the immediate Grande Prairie area.  In fact, we are the only application whose tower is located within the city of Grande Prairie pictured here at the top of 214 Place.

3139             Grande Prairie is not a very large city as it only covers 61 square kilometres.  A low power FM is currently the best way to reach our city and if current growth rates continue it will be sufficient for at least the next 15 years.


3140             Crude Communications' new radio station will be branded Rock 95.5.

3141             I will now ask Debbie Price to discuss the Grande Prairie economy, what is forecast for its future and how it relates to our application.

3142             MS PRICE:  Grande Prairie is considered the economic hub of the Peace Country area of northwest Alberta and northeast British Columbia.

3143             Although the Grande Prairie population has grown to an estimated 47,000, our trading area population has remained about 250,000.  Visitors travel from as far away as Fort Nelson and the Northwest Territories to do their shopping in Grande Prairie.  Growth in these other areas is relatively stagnant as Grande Prairie continues to be the main area with significant growth.

3144             Of the municipalities in our trading area, their growth from 1996 to 2001, according to Stats Canada are:  Peace River, ‑4.5; Grimshaw, ‑8.5; Fairview, ‑5; Valleyview, ‑2.6; Dawson Creek, ‑3.3; Fort St. John, +6.7; Fort Nelson, ‑4.8.


3145             Meanwhile, Grande Prairie has enjoyed incredible growth of nearly 18 per cent over the same time period.  Since 2001, according to Grande Prairies' municipal census, the population has grown by yet another 20 per cent.  A slow down is nowhere in sight.

3146             Since Crude Communications submitted their application in 2004, the population in Grande Prairie has grown by more than 10 per cent, which I am sure you would agree is astonishing over just two years.

3147             The forecast for the city of Grande Prairie is for continued growth for at least the next five years averaging at about 5 per cent per year.  This would put the Grande Prairie population at about 57,000 in five short years.

3148             Money Sense Magazine ranked Grande Prairie as the fourth best place to live in Canada, primarily due to our economic factors.  All of this business has created a very busy construction industry.  Projects, both public and private, are abound in Grande Prairie.  Big projects in the work include a recently announced $265 million hospital, new RCMP headquarters, expansion of Grande Prairie Regional College, expansion of Evergreen Park Recreational Facility, the opening of a new NATE campus, plus over 1,000 new homes built per year.


3149             If we could we would build more but the economy's growth is limited by the lack of workers that are available in our area.  Obviously, by the number of applications you have received for a new broadcaster in the area, more people than us believe in the future of Grande Prairie.

3150             The Crude Communications application is a financially responsible one.  The business, through its shareholders, has the resources to start without any debt.  Although the sales forecasts in our Appendix 4B are conservative, they still manage to show a slight profit after the first year.  The Crude Communications application has managed to strike a balance between community commitments while still being financially successful.

3151             MS MERCER:  Our application has a unique Grande Prairie feel to it.  Being a resident of the community gives me a perspective that no one else can have.  On a daily basis, we are involved in our community and our application reflects this.  There are four community initiatives that we are very proud of that I believe add to the quality of our application and the community we live in.


3152             The first initiative is our commitment to local non‑profit community service cultural and sporting groups.  These groups make up the fabric of Grande Prairie.  They support all parts of our community including the four designated groups.  The work that these groups do is important, whether it is a fundraiser, a special event or the opportunity to inform the public about the great work that they do.

3153             Budgets are tight so as a result right now many groups are having trouble getting the word out.  This was evident in a survey that we conducted in April at the Prairie Mall.  In the survey we asked residents if they felt they were well aware of special events that occur in Grande Prairie.  Of the 324 respondents 218, or 67 per cent, said that they were not well informed about special and cultural activities in our city.

3154             To assist these groups with promotion of their worthwhile activities, Crude Communications will create our Community First feature.  This segment, although considered part of our spoken word programming, is an important part of our proposed contribution to the community.  Our Community First feature is a 90‑second segment that will be a combination of live and prerecorded messages which will feature these wonderful groups and what they are doing for our community.  Many of the live features will be done live on location at the events.


3155             The Community First feature will air once per hour every hour, 24‑hours per day, seven days per week.  The value of this initiative is in excess of $175,000.

3156             Our second community initiative is a plan to broadcast the Grande Prairie Storm hockey games.  The Grande Prairie Storm is our AJHL team and are great ambassadors for the city.  The only way to hear a play‑by‑play of the Storm currently is via the Internet which is hosted by the local newspaper.  None of the existing radio stations in Grande Prairie are providing this service to local residents.   The Storm are very interested in play‑by‑play as is evident from their letters of support that were filed by their business manager Don Moon and the Grande Prairie Storm governor Rick Nordstrom.

3157             Our survey in the Prairie Mall also showed considerable interest in more support for the Storm with 44 per cent of respondents saying that they would like to hear play‑by‑play coverage.


3158             Education is one of the largest employers in Grande Prairie and our next initiative involves connecting our schools with the community around them.  Our School Report is a half hour program that will be produced by students at the local high schools and the Grande Prairie regional college.  This weekly report will highlight what is happening in our schools and what is topical to the youth at Grande Prairie.  The School Report will give students interested in broadcasting valuable experience while also connecting our schools with the citizens of Grande Prairie.

3159             We have received support for this initiative from schools in each of the three districts in Grande Prairie as well as the Grande Prairie Regional College Students Association.

3160             Our community advisory board is an important part of our application as it will assist us in maintaining our focus on Grande Prairie.  We have and will be inviting various segments of the community to sit on our board which will give the station direction towards programming, news, community support and employment equity.

3161             Our community advisory board will include members of the four designated groups and other important parts of Grande Prairie.


3162             MS PRINGLE:  The music scene in Grande Prairie is alive and well, much as it is across Canada.  The difficulty for Grande Prairie musicians is getting exposure because currently there is no program dedicated exclusively to independent artists.  That will change if Crude Communications is granted this licence.

3163             The Indie‑Genius program is designed to highlight Grande Prairie, Albert and Canadian artists, so a one‑hour program dedicated exclusively to artists that are unsigned by any major record labels.  Each week this hour long program will play some of Canada's brightest new bands and also include interviews and stories about what is new in Canadian music.  With the Indie‑Genius program, artists will now have a forum.  Each week the most popular song or artist will be featured with regular air play during peak times.  This is exposure that musicians in Grande Prairie and throughout Canada need.

3164             The Canadian talent development initiative proposed by Crude Communications is bigger than it has ever been in Grande Prairie.  As our application outlines, we have proposed $10,000 each year in direct cash expenditures, with an additional $19,000 per year worth of airtime to promote Canadian artists.


3165             We spoke with many local people who would be directly affected by our proposal, and the response was outstanding.  Our Canadian talent development initiative is admittedly the smallest of the 10 applications before you.  However, it is over four times more than what is currently existing between the two existing radio stations combined.  The two stations together are not providing this right now.

3166             As our programming and signal are designed to be strictly Grande Prairie‑oriented, so is our Canadian talent development initiative.

3167             When given the choice of just Classic Rock or a blend of new and Classic Rock, participants in our survey responded very strongly to the latter.  Canada currently produces some of the best Rock music in the world.

3168             Our commitment to 40 per cent Cancon means that Canadian Rock will have a home at 95.5.

3169             Our news will be primarily local in nature.  We will feature more prominently those provincial, national and international stories that affect Grande Prairie.

3170             Issues in Grande Prairie are different than the rest of the Peace Country and only Crude Communications' application can feature this properly and consistently.  We plan to start with two people in the newsroom and expand by the start of the hockey season to reflect the increased workload from adding Grande Prairie Storm games.


3171             Being 100 per cent locally owned and operated means that Crude Communications will bring a diversity of news voices to the market.

3172             MR. WENZL:  Although the application by Crude Communications is for a low power FM licence, through the miracle of modern technology we will actually have the capability to reach the entire world.

3173             Through our Web site, gprockradio.com, we will broadcast all of our programming.  This will give us the opportunity to do some cross‑promotion as well as keeping our loyal listeners apprised of what is happening in Grande Prairie while they are away from home.

3174             Pod‑casting is another technical opportunity for listeners.  With pod‑casting we will have certain programs available in their entirety for listeners to download from our Web site such as our Indie‑Genius program, local School Report, as well as highlights from the Grande Prairie Storm broadcasts.


3175             Besides looking after the Web site for Crude Communications, I am also the Operations Manager at Peacecom Limited.  Peacecom Limited is a communications company that provides wireless Internet and telecommunications services and products to rural businesses including oilfield services and individuals.  We provide this through the largest series of towers and antennas in the Peace Country.  We deal with frequencies, their strengths and coverages, on a daily basis.

3176             As you can see from this map that I have prepared, Grande Prairie is located in the Peace Country.  It is in close relation to both Dawson Creek and Peace River.

3177             Now adding the tower locations from the existing broadcasters in these areas, you can see their proximity to each other.  The signals from the FM stations in Peace River and Dawson Creek look after their own markets quite well and come right near the edge of the Grande Prairie market.  The AM stations in each of these markets reach Grande Prairie quite easily.

3178             Conversely, the locations of the current Grande Prairie signals actually just reach both Dawson Creek and the Peace River markets.

3179             Usually, it is the practice to approve new radio station licences in areas where the population is growing.  In the Peace Country the smaller communities, according to Stats Can, are actually decreasing in size.  With this in mind, the smaller communities are very well serviced by existing broadcasters.


3180             The solution is to find an application that will serve the area that is growing while not creating undue competition for the broadcasters in the area where the population is on a negative trend.

3181             The application by Crude Communications is the only application before you that fits this criteria.  Our signal will actually complement the existing signals from Dawson Creek and Peace River and puts our new station in the most competitive part of the trading area, Grande Prairie.

3182             MR. ZIMA:  Competition against existing broadcasters is an important consideration.  For applications that will encroach into the Dawson Creek market, we are reminded of the comments by Mr. Don Shafer of Standard Radio to the Commission regarding the threat of increased competition in the B.C. Peace area.  Mr. Shafer in his comments recommended that the Commission deny a recent application that encroached into the areas served by three standard stations as he was concerned about an undue negative impact.  However, as evidenced by our application, we will not have an undue negative impact on either the Dawson Creek or Peace River areas.


3183             In the CRTC Public Notice 2002‑61, the Commission has outlined its policy for licensing low power radio undertakings.  In its objectives the Commission states that it considers that low power radio undertakings make a contribution of the goals as set out in the Canadian Broadcasting Act and may attract new entrants into the Canadian Broadcasting system.

3184             Both of these objectives have been reached with our application.

3185             It should also be noted that there has been more acceptance of LPFMs in the last little while.  For example, CKFU has been on the air for nearly three years now and has been a very successful broadcaster in Fort St. John.  Newcap has also recently purchased an LPFM in Thunder Bay.  With their 37 watt signal they reach the entire city of Thunder Bay, population 150,000, with their Magic 99.9 station.

3186             I thought I would also quote from the CRTC Public Notice 2001‑129 in which the CRTC has stated that LPFMs should do the following three things:  number one, they should contribute additional diverse voices to the market; they should present programming that complements existing licences in a market; and, they should fulfil a demonstrated community need.


3187             Our application does all three things.

3188             Firstly, as a locally owned and operated company we have no choice but to add to the diversity of voices to the market.  Our diversity is also evident in the content of our programming.

3189             Secondly, much of the programming on the Crude station, including the Storm broadcasts, School Report and Community First segment are not being done by the current broadcasters, so we are, in effect, complementing their programming.

3190             Thirdly, the 245 letters of support, which represents 0.5 per cent of the total Grande Prairie population more than demonstrates the need local residents feel they have for a new radio station in Grande Prairie and that the Crude Communications application should be the licence that is awarded.

3191             It should also be noted as part of the survey that was conducted in the Prairie Mall in April, we asked individuals if they felt Grande Prairie deserved its own radio station that it did not have to share with Peace River or Dawson Creek; 90.74 of the respondents liked the idea of Grande Prairie having its own radio station that focused on Grande Prairie issues.


3192             In closing, I would also remind the Commission that the Crude Communications application represents a good use of the spectrum.  According to Industry Canada guidelines, only an LPFM or Class A licence is all that will fit within 95.5 in Grande Prairie.

3193             MR. GAUVIN:  Thank you very much for your time today.

3194             I would appreciate if the Commission has any questions to please direct them through me.

3195             THE CHAIRPERSON:  Thank you, Mr. Gauvin.

3196             I will ask Commissioner Langford to ask the first question.

3197             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  Thank you, Mr. Chair.

3198             Welcome to the marathon of hope.

3199             I don't know what all that pounding is in the other room, but the person who cleverly locked Gary Myles in the broom cupboard might want to let him out.  I think he has suffered enough.

‑‑‑ Laughter / Rires

3200             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  I don't see him in the audience.  I can only assumed someone has pulled a stunt.


3201             I want to begin by looking at the make‑up of what's before us.  I take your point on ownership that you plan to divest, I assume with the careful guidance of your counsel, of certain percentages, still keeping control.  I think that is for the future and we can set that aside.  You wouldn't be the first to do that.

3202             I think the Ivanoff Group does something like that, by rewarding employees with shares and stuff.  That's a precedent perhaps you can look at.

3203             I would like to look at what is kind of going to be before us should you be licensed on launch day, put it that way, or, you know, two or three months into your licence, so I can get a better idea of it.

3204             I guess what I am trying to figure out here, and if it is in ‑‑ if I have missed anything ‑‑ this is a very, very large set of binders here ‑‑ if I miss anything I apologize.  It may be in one of your written documents.  I thought I went over them carefully, but what I want to do is get some of the basics down in my own mind.

3205             One of the places where I don't feel I have a good understanding, despite all of your very, very clear submissions in other areas, is the sense of a workforce.


3206             Once this station is up and running, what will we be looking at in terms of a workforce?  Could you help me through that?

3207             MR. GAUVIN:  Certainly, Commissioner Langford.

3208             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  Is it in one of your briefs, by the way?

3209             MR. GAUVIN:  It is actually.  It was a deficiency letter that was submitted to the Commission December of 2004, I think it probably was.

3210             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  And I'm deficient as well.  I apologize.

3211             MR. GAUVIN:  The other thing too that should be pointed out is that from our initial application that was submitted, once the open call for applications went out we made some alterations and adjustments to our application as well.

3212             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  So it won't hurt to review it for me.

3213             MR. GAUVIN:  No, not at all.

3214             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  Good.  Thank you.


3215             MR. GAUVIN:  Our application, the way its laid out right now, has a staff component of 12 full‑time people and a couple of half people, that I know you like very much, there.

3216             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  We will call it 13 then.  Shall we just call it 13?

3217             MR. GAUVIN:  Sure.  Yes.

3218             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  Okay.

3219             MR. GAUVIN:  Actually, let me just open it up so I'm referring to the proper thing here.

3220             Did you want a breakdown as far as what the nine employees are?

3221             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  Yes, if you don't mind.  I would like one.

3222             MR. GAUVIN:  Certainly.  Okay.

3223             As we are a large ‑‑ a small company, I should say, multi‑tasking is essential in order to be as productive as possible and cost‑effective as possible.

3224             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  Mr. Arpin empties all the blue boxes at the end of the day and Mr. Williams does the vacuuming.  It's the new way, you know?

3225             MR. GAUVIN:  That's exactly right.

3226             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  I dust and do windows.

‑‑‑ Laughter / Rires


3227             MR. GAUVIN:  So our initial component of 12 people consist of: a general manager; employee No. 2 is a morning person that is also a ‑‑

3228             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  Sorry.  Give me No. 1.  I was not ‑‑

3229             MR. GAUVIN:  No. 1 is our general manager.

3230             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  GM.

3231             MR. GAUVIN:  Yes.

3232             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  Okay.

3233             MR. GAUVIN:  Would you like a description, a jog description as well?

3234             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  No.  No.

3235             MR. GAUVIN:  No.  Okay.

3236             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  No.  Not unless it's not clear to me.

3237             MR. GAUVIN:  Okay.

3238             Employee No. 2 is a mornings/program director.

3239             Employee No. 3 will host the midday show and will also work with community groups with some of our things with our Community First feature.

3240             Our afternoon drive person will also be our music director.


3241             We have two full‑time news people in the application and then the other two part‑time people would also be news.

3242             We have a weekend announcer ‑‑

3243             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  So that's three news.

3244             MR. GAUVIN:  I suppose, yes.

3245             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  I mean using just person years that's three news.

3246             MR. GAUVIN:  Sure.

3247             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  Okay.

3248             MR. GAUVIN:  We have two weekend announcer positions which are going to work on the two ‑‑ there are two shifts on Saturday and two shifts on Sunday.  Those people will also trade‑off into a copyrighting position as well, so one of them working Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday and the other one working Wednesday, Thursday, Friday.

3249             Last is our evenings, which will look after the 6:00A to midnight shift, and he will also be looking after some production as well.

3250             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  One.  One person.

3251             MR. GAUVIN:  One person for that.

3252             The other three positions that we have, we have two full‑time sales people and a full‑time reception/traffic person.


3253             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  Okay.

3254             When you say "traffic", do you mean cars out on the road or monitoring traffic in the station?

3255             MR. GAUVIN:  Yes, monitoring the ‑‑ scheduling the commercials and the ‑‑

3256             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  Yes, that type of traffic.

3257             MR. GAUVIN:  Yes.

3258             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  Right.  Okay.

3259             When I went to your financial data I had a little trouble trying to work out under your expenses exactly how much went to wages.  So now that I know we have 13 people, and I go to your two different spreadsheets that I have, one which seems to set out ‑‑

3260             MR. GAUVIN:  That's one of the items that was updated too, so hopefully you have the updated one there.

3261             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  I'm not sure if I do or not, but I'm sure we can get through ‑‑

3262             MR. GAUVIN:  Under "Programming" for wages it should say $244,000 in the top left‑hand corner.


3263             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  I have wages year one ‑‑ you see, I have wages under "Programming", then I have wages under "Technical" and then wages under "Admin."

3264             MR. GAUVIN:  Yes.  We actually copied that off of the form that the CRTC provides on the Web ‑‑

3265             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  I beg your pardon?

3266             MR. GAUVIN:  We actually copied that off the form the CRTC provides on their Web site.

3267             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  Maybe you can just give me the total.  That will ‑‑

3268             MR. GAUVIN:  The total wages.

3269             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  This is year one, I assume, is it?

3270             MR. GAUVIN:  Yes.  I would say we are about $460,000, give or take a little bit there.

3271             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  So $460,000.

3272             MR. GAUVIN:  Yes, just doing some quick math in my head.

3273             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  If I recall a line in your supplementary brief, page 2, just above the chart, there are a couple of lines just above the first chart which say:


"Wages are even a bit better in the Grande Prairie area than in...the average income for persons over the age of 15..." (As read)

3274             Actually, it's not the best written piece of English literature I have ever seen, but I think the point you are trying to make is that wages are as much as 15 per cent higher here than in the rest of Canada.

3275             MR. GAUVIN:  In Grande Prairie it sort of depends on the market that you're ‑‑ the area that you're working in, I guess, more than anything else.  Minimum wage in Alberta is ‑‑ actually, I don't even know what it is.  I think it's around $7 or $8 an hour or something like that.

3276             As you saw from our presentation, places like Tim Horton's are, you know, having a tough time trying to find people and so they are paying, you know, $15.50 an hour for people who are willing to work evenings.

3277             Oilfield jobs are a plenty and, you know, a young kid 21 years old can be making $100,000 a year working out on the rigs.


3278             The key thing in the radio broadcasting industry, from the history that I have seen, is that a lot of people are working in it for the passion to be able to further themselves in the industry and get that experience and do something really well that way.

3279             If you break out our wages, the way that it is supposed to work between the employees, we are sort of planning on having I would say two tiers of employees to sort of describe it.  The top tier is the experienced broadcasters that we want to bring in that have been working in the industry for 15 or 20 years and, you know, are having a tough time buying a house or trying to get ahead or anything like that, because the industry doesn't pay that well as a whole.  So those people there, we want to really be able to reward them.  Profit sharing incentives, benefits programs and the opportunity of the employee share ownership program.  Those people ‑‑

3280             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  How many of those would there be, do you figure, of the 13?

3281             MR. GAUVIN:  I would anticipate four of them.

3282             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  Four.

3283             MR. GAUVIN:  Yes.

3284             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  And what kind of money annually would you have to pay to get one of the ‑‑ all in, counting benefits and whatever?


3285             MR. GAUVIN:  Well, we budgeted for our morning program director in year one, and it goes up rather aggressively over the next few years, the first year for him we are saying $45,000 a year.  Then on top of that is the profit sharing incentive, which isn't in the calculation on ‑‑

3286             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  So four of them are in it at $45,000.  That's close to $200,000.  So that leaves sort of $280,000 for the other nine.

3287             MR. GAUVIN:  Yes.  Yes.  That would be about right.  Yes.

3288             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  That is twenty ‑‑ I don't know, round it out.

3289             MR. GAUVIN:  About $30,000.  It's $35,000 or something like that.

3290             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  I know Cram has the answer already.

3291             I don't think so.  I mean if you are at $280,000 and you divide it by 10 you have 28, if you divide it by ‑‑ you might be over 30 but ‑‑

3292             MR. GAUVIN:  Our profit sharing, although it's not in the proposal, we will increase that because our sales figures that are in our proposal or in our application are low.


3293             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  You realized you moved all the way from Oxford in London for 30 grand.  Right?  I mean are you ready for that?

3294             MS MERCER:  I've worked in the business a long time.  I don't know too many people making that much money that are working weekends, evenings, things like that.  I have been with Rogers and I have been with OK.  I have been with all the boys.

3295             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  You're not OK.

‑‑‑ Laughter / Rires

3296             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  Okay.

3297             MR. GAUVIN:  So the employee share ownership program ‑‑

3298             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  I don't know if I should touch that comment actually with a 10‑foot pole.  It's just too late in the afternoon.  I'm not so sure I can get my head around it.

‑‑‑ Laughter / Rires


3299             MR. GAUVIN:  The employee share ownership program is really the key behind the whole thing.  That way, you know, the guy that has been working and he is making 45 grand a year, all of a sudden he is able to own, you know, 5 per cent or 10 per cent of the business, which means that he is able to take a little piece out of the bottom line at the end of the year.  That's what is going to keep him around.

3300             The other people are really junior people as far as the on‑air people and they are going to learn from these learned veterans in the industry and they are going to feel really good about what they are learning there and then move on to other markets and to bigger places and earn more money that way.

3301             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  Sure.  Good luck with that.  I mean it just ‑‑ I'm just going by your own submission and what you showed us here today, $15 at Tim Horton's.  I'm not a business person, I'm a regulator, you know, that most feared of animals, so maybe you can make a business case with that, but it's good for us to at least know.  I don't pretend to pass judgment on these things, but I was having trouble tracking the wages lines through some of this so I'm pleased to have the enlightenment.


3302             MR. GAUVIN:  Like I had mentioned, the wages as a whole, I find anyway, in the radio industry tend to be relatively low.  Although I know you didn't ask the OK Radio Group, or I don't think you asked as I had missed part of their presentation, but I'm sure if you were to ask them as to what they are paying, say, their creative people and things like that, the wages would be substantially lower than probably what people at Tim Horton's are making.

3303             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  Really.

3304             MR. GAUVIN:  Yes.

3305             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  How do they eat?  Not at Tim Horton's, I guess.

3306             MR. GAUVIN:  Oh, you know, I actually ‑‑ that comes back to what we were saying in our presentation for our news program.  We are saying that there are issues in Grande Prairie that are completely different than the rest of the Peace Country.


3307             I was speaking the other day with a lady, I wish I could remember her name, but she was with the homeless society in Grande Prairie.  I'm talking to her and she says I help the homeless try to find a place to live, and when I think of the homeless I think of that rubby that's in the park and he is, you know, begging for money or anything like that.  In Grande Prairie the definition of a homeless person is somebody that can only afford $800 a month in rent.  So if that's all you have is $800 to go towards your rent each month, chances are you are going to be homeless.  Well, you can't afford to live in a motel because they are charging $2,700 a month for that.  You are probably going to be living in a trailer in a trailer park, like a pull behind trailer, like a travel trailer or something like that

3308             Grande Prairie, it's bursting at the seams right now because the economy is overtaking what everybody is able to do to keep up.

3309             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  You are kind of making this difficult for yourself actually.  If you are paying people say around $30,000, other than the stars who are getting forty‑five, how do they live?  I mean, where do they go to get an apartment?  I mean you can talk about passion and, you know, the smell of the greasepaint, the roar of the crowd and all that sort of thing, but where do they go?  How do they live?


3310             MR. GAUVIN:  That's an excellent question.  I guess that's one of the advantages of being a local application is that the people that are involved in this application live in the city, they know people.  You know, we have lines on ‑‑ you know, I have friends that have rental properties and so when something comes available it's ‑‑ when you know people you have that system, you have that support system within the community.  That makes it a lot easier to be able to look after your staff as opposed to transferring somebody out from Toronto when the head office is in Toronto and they are like, well, I don't know, just find a place.

3311             When you live there and you have a vested interest in the operation you can work that much harder to make it happen.

3312             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  I hope it works for you.  Okay.

3313             A couple of other things while we are looking at expenses.  I noticed an interest line in one of the expense charts that you prepared.  As you say, it may have been superseded by something, but the interest line is zero.  Is this completely cash‑funded, this operation?

3314             MR. GAUVIN:  That's correct.

3315             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  Okay.  Well, good for you.  It didn't work for Conrad Black, but you never know.

‑‑‑ Laughter / Rires

3316             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  What about rent or mortgage?  Are you planning to rent premises or are you planning to buy premises?  I couldn't find rent in one of the charts but did find it in another at $61,250 a year.  Is that number still current?


3317             MR. GAUVIN:  No.  That's actually the old number.  The new number is now $87,500.

3318             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  You should have signed that lease last week, right, I mean it just went up?  Okay, $87,500.

3319             MR. GAUVIN:  Yes, $87,500.  We have tentatively secured space with the understanding of course that it's up to you if we are actually going to be able to rent it.

3320             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  You've got that right.

3321             What about the tower rental.  You showed us that keen building with the tower on it.  Do you have to pay for that as well or is that some friend or ‑‑

3322             MR. GAUVIN:  Actually, I believe it is a separate line on here.  Let me just look.

3323             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  I see it up here:  Xmitter plant rent, $3,000, year one.

3324             MR. GAUVIN:  Yes, that's it.  Yes, that is it.

3325             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  That number is still current.

3326             MR. GAUVIN:  That $3,000, year one, that's correct.  Yes.

3327             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  Right.


3328             MR. GAUVIN:  That's the agreement that we have signed with 214 Place, which is also the building that we are going to be transmitting from.  It's the highest building in Grande Prairie.  You can see the entire city from the roof or the top floor of that building, or the third floor probably too.

3329             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  Okay.  Thank you very much.  I just wanted to clear those up and since we were talking about size and workforce it seemed to be about the right time.

3330             Revenues, since we are on money matters, yours are the lowest of all the applicants and I wasn't sure why that would be, because some of them go quite high.  You are at $4.7 million over seven years but some of them are as high as $20 million.  You are both going to be playing music, you are both going to be out flogging ads, why are yours so low?

3331             MR. GAUVIN:  Actually, there are a couple of reasons for that.


3332             One of them is, I think, like I said, the sheet that you have there I don't think is the updated one.  Our updated sales forecasts have it at $788,400 in the first year for national and local revenue combined.  This number here actually, after all the other applications were released, I looked at mine and said:  why is it so much different?  The big thing is if you look at the assumptions at the bottom of the page, we did our assumptions based on a 12‑hour day and the other assumptions are based on an 18‑hour day, from six, say, to midnight.  So if you were to adjust our programming to reflect the number of commercials sold over that same 18‑hour period it would actually put our gross sales at about $1.1 million.

3333             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  Okay.  I again am not ‑‑ I was going to say I'm not okay, but that really hardly has to be put on the record probably, according to any president of a large telephone company in this country anyway.

3334             What though are the possibilities for selling outside the big times, you know, the drive times?  I mean you are talking about 18‑hours a day but surely it must be a little tougher to flog the revenues getting up into the 17th and 18th hour.


3335             MR. GAUVIN:  I would say that our estimates are conservative.  We estimate in the first year of selling 4.5 minutes per hour.  Now, conversely, if you monitor CJXX or CFGP in Grande Prairie right now, they are selling up to 12 and 13 minutes sometimes in December, but generally speaking they are over 10 minutes of commercial time per hour.  Again, when I say that our numbers are conservative, we said 4.5 minutes in the first year.  Also, bear in mind that we did this ‑‑ you know, we put these numbers together two years ago as well.

3336             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  So that is average 4.5 minutes an hour.

3337             MR. GAUVIN:  That's correct.

3338             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  Are you still planning to sell at $12 per 30‑second segment?

3339             MR. GAUVIN:  No.  It's been adjusted to $18.

3340             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  I don't know how I have missed all this.  I apologize.

3341             MR. GAUVIN:  That's okay.

3342             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  I must have gotten my hands on the wrong set of numbers and for that I really am apologetic, but anyway we will get there.

3343             So you have adjusted up to $18 and yet some of your competitors are talking about rates from $30 to $70 per 30‑second segment.  Why would yours be ‑‑ even at $18 there is still ‑‑


3344             MR. GAUVIN:  Yes, it is a bit confusing I would say as well in that when I reviewed the other applications I mean I saw some as low as ‑‑ I think I saw one that was as low as $17 for a 30‑second ‑‑ I'm sorry, mine are based on 30‑second commercials not 60s as well.

3345             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  No, I know that.  I'm quoting 30‑second alternatives from your competitors.

3346             MR. GAUVIN:  Okay.  You know, some of the applications I think were as low as $17 and others were as high as $35 or $36 whereas CFGP and CJXX right now ‑‑ I just had to buy some airtime a little while ago ‑‑ are $49 a commercial.

3347             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  So again my question:  why are you so low?

3348             MR. GAUVIN:  Yes.  I guess it's fair to say that our coverage area won't be as large as theirs and when we are competing against them they are going to be able to say we offer you a regional approach.  Our signal will go all the way out towards Dawson Creek and Peace River and reach those municipalities and everything in between.  We are not going to be able to say that and so they have a little bit of a competitive edge on us for that reason alone.  So for 30 per cent less listeners I guess the price needs to be a little bit lower.


3349             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  Right.  We will discuss that sort of self‑inflicted handicap in a minute but ‑‑ sorry.  Go ahead.

3350             MR. GAUVIN:  Sorry.  The other thing it does too is that right now a big complaint that a lot of the Grande Prairie businesses has is that radio is unaffordable.  I mean although they are sold out all the time and the radio stations that are existing are in a great position, Joe Blow that owns the shoe shop down the street can't afford to advertise because he is like, holy smokes, that's so much money.  To buy, you know, 35 ads over a given week is going to cost him, you know, $2,000 or something like that.  For a small business that's not always affordable, so this makes it a little bit more affordable for the small businessman as well.


3351             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  But why shoot for the small businessman?  You have heard here today and yesterday that even the most wildly optimistic forecast of the pool of revenue out there waiting for you to dip your dipper into it or your bucket is quite large and much higher than anyone even anticipated.  We got that from the horse's mouth yesterday from the folks at OK and we certainly got quite a good suggestion to the same effect from Pattison this afternoon.  So if you have a scarce resource and people are dying to use it, I can see undercutting slightly, you are the new kid in town, you want to get established, but yours is a substantial undercutting, why would you do it?

3352             MR. GAUVIN:  I guess the $18 is also the average as well whereas the $40 ‑‑ well, I don't know.  Maybe that's not a good argument.

3353             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  No, I don't think so.  I can see you having a scale.  I mean maybe selling at $18, you know, for something at midnight or something like that, but ‑‑

3354             MR. GAUVIN:  The rate card that we did up we based on 70 per cent of our clients buying a year‑long advertising package which would discount it to the $18 and that's an OES reach plan which would go from 6:00A to midnight and be evenly distributed, so I based everything on that.

3355             If somebody approaches us and they say, we just want to buy the morning show for the next week, five spots per morning or whatever it happens to be, they are going to be paying considerably more than the $18.


3356             The other thing I would like to mention too is that although the incumbents are saying how it's, you know, such a big pool of money and everybody is doing so great, it is, I mean there is a lot of money there, but there is not really that many businesses in Grande Prairie.  We are a small town.  There are only 46,000 people that live there and if you go ‑‑ I did some research on the number of businesses that there actually are in Grande Prairie, there are only 1,500 businesses in the whole city and out of those probably only maybe 30 per cent of them actually do advertising and promotion and what have you on radio.  So that leaves you with 500 or so businesses that are doing all the total advertising.  It is not as big of a pool as it is.

3357             The feature that's happening or what is happening in the economy is that everybody is just so busy that they have more money to pour into it from the individual businesses, but there are not that many more businesses as well.

3358             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  That's kind of a defeatist attitude, isn't it?

3359             MR. GAUVIN:  Well, it's a fact in that ‑‑

3360             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  I'd think you would want to sort of be inspired by the challenge, but anyway ‑‑


3361             MR. GAUVIN:  Well, businesses in Grande Prairie do very well and that it is not uncommon to find, you know, say, the Ford dealer which is, you know, one of the top five Ford dealers in all of Canada or the Chrysler dealer that does very well as well.

3362             I was in a Future Shop the other day and we were talking about ‑‑

3363             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  That's Gary Myles phoning.  Would you let him out, for goodness sake.

‑‑‑ Laughter / Rires

3364             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  Sorry.

3365             MR. GAUVIN:  I was in the Future Shop store the other day inquiring about satellite radio in as far as what kind of numbers they have sold and things like that.  The Future Shop in Grande Prairie was the top store in all of Canada for selling satellite radios.  You know, like I said, we are just a small town but it's just that there are high volumes running through.  Because our trading area is so large people do drive down from Fort Nelson and the Northwest Territories and a lot further than any of the current signals from Grande Prairie reach.  They drive to Grande Prairie to do their shopping and spend their money.


3366             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  Yet, if I have this figure correctly, you are projecting a 16 per cent share in year one rising to 22 per cent in year seven, is that correct, listenership?

3367             MR. GAUVIN:  That is correct.

3368             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  Thank God I got one of them right.

3369             MR. GAUVIN:  There you go.

3370             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  It seems to me that if I had a 16 per cent share of a market like that or rising to at 22 per cent share I wouldn't be undercutting myself too much.  Again, I'm not trying to tell you how to do your business but I'm getting a kind of conflicting message from you, you know.  The salaries are high, you say, in your supplementary brief but you are paying low because they are doing it for love.  The joint is jumping, you tell us on your Powerpoint here today, they are building and expanding and they are paying more and everybody is doing well, but at the same time you are saying, well, you know, the pool of advertisers isn't as big as it should be.  Now you are telling me I am going to have anywhere between 16 per cent and 22 per cent of this market but I'm going to be flogging my ‑‑ you know, I have a kind of pessimistic view of how many minutes I can sell and what I can get for those minutes.


3371             I must say I find the message sort of kind of dragging me one way and then dragging me the other.  I'm not quite clear what your strategy is here.

3372             MR. GAUVIN:  I guess the key to the application is that we started out conservative.  You know, you guess low and you hope high and our numbers reflect that as far as our sales figures and everything else.

3373             Honestly, I hope we double it and I hope we triple it and I hope that we are able to pay our people that much more all the way across the board.

3374             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  The other conflicting message I get, I mean while we are on it, and I don't want to be negative but it bothers me, it doesn't seem to be logical to me to be frank, is this notion of running a commercial radio station but handicapping yourself with a 50‑watt power signal because you want to be nice to the people in Peace River and the surrounding area when at the same time the guys in Peace River are applying for a re‑broad so they can eat your lunch.  I mean I just don't get it.


3375             MR. GAUVIN:  I guess what I'm saying is that Grande Prairie is a unique market and Peace River is a separate market all together.  They have their own two radio stations that broadcast from there and Dawson Creek is its own market as well.  Broadcasters that come out of Grande Prairie shouldn't be impeding in those markets because those economies aren't doing as well as what Grande Prairie is.

3376             The Grande Prairie economy is booming, it is busy, it's crazy, but in Dawson Creek not so much.  And Peace River, the population hasn't hardly changed in the last 20 years there.

3377             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  But you are going to sort of kiss of 30 per cent of your possible market voluntarily.

3378             MR. GAUVIN:  Not necessarily, because they all come to Grande Prairie to do their shopping so they're going to pass through Grande Prairie and they can listen to us then and ‑‑

3379             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  How frustrating for them.  Right?  They come down into Grande Prairie to work or to shop, they hear this nifty signal and as they drive out of town it just fades away.

3380             MR. GAUVIN:  And when they get home they can tune on gprockradio.com and listen to it to their hearts content.


3381             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  Well, it's a plan.  Is it really maybe just because it's a lot cheaper to start a 50‑watt station up than 100,000 watt?

3382             MR. GAUVIN:  Oh, I would say that is part of the consideration for sure.  I mean we are looking to start this enterprise with zero debt and honestly I don't have $2 million in my back pocket to be able to do that.  But this enterprise is easy to do and so it makes sense.

3383             There are different types of businesses in the world.  There are the Coscos of the world and there is the small independent shoe store guy that's down the street.  Both of them have a niche to fill and both of them have to help people out and do their thing.  It costs a lot more to start a Costco than it does a little retailer down the street, but they are both equally important.

3384             I think what we are able to contribute to Grande Prairie will be equally important to what the larger Class C services can do.


3385             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  Because if I have the right figures again and you tell me you have filed new ones, but I'm looking at your start‑up capital costs of $30,000 and I'm comparing that, for example, to just one.  I picked OK Radio, I looked at them, and they are over $650,000.  Is that really the reason, just simply because you don't have the ‑‑ I mean that's not a crime.  I'm not trying to be ‑‑

3386             MR. GAUVIN:  No, no.  No, no.

3387             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  I'm just trying to understand.  Is this kind of philosophy, this little gideon philosophy about sharing and not competing in certain areas and maybe they won't compete in yours, is that really fundamentally a kind of byproduct or a rationalization of the fact that it's simply too expensive for a new ‑‑ you know, a new company without deep, deep pockets to go the full 100,000 watts?  Is that really the story here, which is fine?  It's not a crime.  I'm just trying to make sense of this.

3388             MR. GAUVIN:  It was a consideration in the decision to do it that way.


3389             We also looked at going to maybe a 3,000 watt or a 50,000 watt station as well and see, well, what is that going to bring to the table?  Is there any benefit to it?  From a cost analysis needs it made a lot more sense to be able to do things this way.  It serves Grande Prairie in a very effective way, the signal will sound wonderful, it will look after the communities that are right next to us be it, you know, Sexsmith or Clairmont or Wembley and what have you, and those are the areas that we are really concerned about.

3390             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  Okay.  That's great.  I mean I have a better appreciation now of where you are coming from.

3391             MR. GAUVIN:  The other thing I'm kind of wondering to, and maybe this will come up at the Fort McMurray hearings I suppose but, you know, if you look at the Grande Prairie applications everybody is applying, except for us, for a Class C, 100,000 watt station, which is going to go to absolutely everywhere, all over the place.  Yet, when you look at the Fort McMurray applications, I think the maximum anybody is applying for is 20,000 watts.  Obviously, it's for the same reasons why we are doing our 50 watt station, because they are saying, well, you just need 20,000 to serve Fort McMurray, you don't need any more than that.

3392             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  Mr. Arpin is our resident expert on how many watts you need, but I think a lot of it has to do with the geography.  You know, sometimes you can get more out of 50,000 than you can get out of 100,000 depending on where you are, but I'm not an engineer.  I don't know what I am any more.  I used to have a profession, but now I think I'm just a cross‑examiner.


3393             I think I know where we are starting from now and I have a feeling for this company and I'm glad for that, I understand it.  Now, what I want to talk to you about a little bit is just what you are going to do, or what people will hear in their living rooms the day you go on or the week you go on.

3394             I want to look at music first, obviously, and then I want to look at spoken word, but together, if I take them all together, how much of your programming would you classify as local programming, in other words, made by you locally, produced by you for you?

3395             MR. GAUVIN:  One hundred per cent.

3396             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  One hundred per cent.  Okay.

3397             What is the breakdown between ‑‑ boy, I'm losing it here, between taped music, what is the ‑‑ voice‑casting, voice‑tracked, sorry.  It's getting late in the day.  When I start asking you my name you will know it's time to just pull the plug ‑‑ between voice‑casting and live programming?

3398             MR. GAUVIN:  We will be automated from midnight to 6:00 a.m.

3399             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  Right.  Pretty standard.


3400             MR. GAUVIN:  Monday through Friday.  On the weekends we will be live from 6:00A to 6:00P and then automated overnight.

3401             I'm leaning away from voice‑tracking.  I think we will just go to just a standard music bed playing.  The reason why, I had a conversation with Russ Beerling at CKFU in Fort St. John a few months ago and we were talking about this, as to how you look after that situation.  He says listeners are frustrated by voice‑tracking.  If there is a situation going on in the city and they want to phone somebody to say, hey, there is an accident at such and such a street, or there is a fire over here, or my dog is lost, voice‑tracking, they can't tell that there is not an announcer on the air and so people will call and they go, gee, why does it keep on ringing, why doesn't he ever answer?  He has elected to go with just strictly a music bed playing with IDs that run every few minutes.  I think that's something that we would probably lean towards too.  That way it doesn't create the illusion that we actually have somebody on the air when we don't.

3402             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  Couldn't you just put an answering machine on your phone and say:  we don't have anybody on the air here, call tomorrow.


3403             MR. GAUVIN:  I guess if it's an emergency that doesn't help somebody very much, I guess.

3404             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  No, but your music bed isn't going to help anybody, is it?

3405             MR. GAUVIN:  Well, at least it doesn't create the illusion that somebody is saying, hey, it's 2:33 in the morning and this is what is going on.  That creates the illusion that there is actually somebody there.

3406             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  That's your choice, but anyway I have my answer.  Thank you very much.

3407             With regard to music, the general question, you have indicated, as I understand it, a 40 per cent CanCon level.

3408             MR. GAUVIN:  That's correct.

3409             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  I assume you are willing to adhere to that as a condition of licence.

3410             MR. GAUVIN:  Oh, yes.  Yes, we would.  Yes.

3411             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  Does that include 40 per cent from Monday to Friday from 6:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m.?

3412             MR. GAUVIN:  Yes, it does.


3413             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  So you would agree to that general condition of licence that covered that as well.

3414             MR. GAUVIN:  Definitely.

3415             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  Now, your format ‑‑ and, boy, we have beaten format to death in this room over the last two days, so I'm not going to make it too difficult for you, but you are talking about your definition of Classic Rock, and there have been enough definitions of them here to fill a large basket ‑‑ you're saying 70 per cent would be from the 70s, 80s and 90s and 30 per cent would be New Rock.

3416             MR. GAUVIN:  That's correct.

3417             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  Do you try to sort of pull out of New Rock a certain type of New Rock?

3418             MR. GAUVIN:  The New Rock will lean heavily towards Canadian content.


3419             Part of the problem that we had when we were first looking at the formats with Classic Rock is that to hit the 40 per cent number that we wanted to hit is a little bit harder to do if you play strictly Classic Rock, so by bringing in some of the great Canadian new bands that are gracing our stages across this country, by leaning heavily towards them it makes it a lot easier to hit that 40 per cent.  So that would be primarily where most of our new music would be coming from.

3420             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  When you say "new", are we going to get into some of the Indies, some of the names that may not be sort of everyday names to some of your listeners to give them a trial, to give them a voice?

3421             MR. GAUVIN:  Well, that works with our Indie‑Genius program, which is a feature every Friday night which runs for an hour and where we feature a lot of the independent artists that aren't signed and they get a little bit of exposure that way.

3422             We will have live interviews and we will talk about what's going on with the different bands and if we can have them in the studio great, if it's a local band or something like that.  The most popular band that the announcer really likes or people call in about or whatever, there is going to be a band each week featured from that program that is going to get regular air play during the next week.


3423             It's not a mainstay of our programming as far as what type of music we are going to have or what we are going to sound like, but it's a part of it and it's an important part.  So now all of a sudden as opposed to just pushing all of that independent music into the wee hours of the evening, you know, somebody is going to hear something at two o'clock in the afternoon.  It's just one song and if he likes it, great, maybe he will go out and buy the CD and if he doesn't, well, he is going to like the next song that's coming up.

3424             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  So it's just one spin you see coming out of that for a chosen band?

3425             MR. GAUVIN:  I would say two per day for the entire week after that, after that program, and then each week we will rotate through a different band depending as to who is popular out of that program.

3426             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  Okay.  That's helpful.

3427             What is your target audience?  You know, we have talked a lot here about age and gender and median age.  You might as well take me through it.

3428             MR. GAUVIN:  (Off microphone)

3429             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  Okay.

3430             MR. GAUVIN:  If I did the homework last night instead of watching the hockey game I guess, so ‑‑

3431             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  That's probably wise.


3432             MR. GAUVIN:  This is the age distribution that we got from the city of Grande Prairie for the 2005 municipal census.  Now, this is the same information I think that the OK Radio Group included in their presentation.

3433             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  Right.

3434             MR. GAUVIN:  It shows that 56 per cent of adults between the age of ‑‑ 50 per cent of adults in Grande Prairie are between the ages of 20 and 44.

3435             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  Right.  So is that your target audience?

3436             MR. GAUVIN:  That's our target, yes, the mean age being about 32, right in the middle.

3437             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  Okay.

3438             Generally speaking, very generally speaking, is there anything that much different between your Classic Rock and all the other Classic Rock that we have heard about in here?  Are there any ways you want to indicate that yours perhaps has a shading or a different approach that would appeal to your target audience more than some of the other Classic Rock we heard?


3439             MR. GAUVIN:  No, not really.  Other than the Indie‑Genius program that I mentioned, which brings out a few independent artists, other than that there is not going to be a lot of difference.  I mean, even the difference between Classic Rock and Classic Hits is blurred at the best of times.

3440             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  Speaking of that program, I want to move on to spoken word and then try to kind of differentiate, in programs like this Indie, you know how much you consider to be spoken word and how much would be music and get that kind of breakdown.

3441             Let's start with news, which is the obvious one.

3442             Am I right in thinking that you are committing to 3.5 hours per week of local news running between 6:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m.?  Have I got those figures right?

3443             MR. GAUVIN:  No, I don't think so.

3444             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  Okay.  Well, then help me ‑‑

3445             MR. GAUVIN:  Again, this might have been an updated form or thing that we submitted.

3446             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  It's possible.  Let's start fresh.

3447             MR. GAUVIN:  Here is what I wrote down to copy it.


3448             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  Okay.

3449             MR. GAUVIN:  We have 65 newscasts per week, which comprise ‑‑ and that's just news comprised of 200 minutes per week.

3450             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  Which is what, about 3.5 hours.  Right?

3451             MR. GAUVIN:  Oh, I guess it is.  Okay.  So maybe you are up‑to‑date then.

3452             Our sports, weather and traffic is added on to that, which will be approximately another 130 minutes a week.

3453             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  So another two hours and 10 minutes.  Okay.

3454             MR. GAUVIN:  For other spoken word programming, our Community First feature, which is going to be featuring local, non‑profit, cultural, sporting groups within Grande Prairie and a lot of it will be done live as well, it's a 90‑second feature that runs once per hour, 24 hours a day, seven days a week, it equals between 6:00A and midnight, because I'm assuming that's what you primarily want, 189 minutes per week.

3455             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  Okay.  So we have three hours and nine minutes.


3456             MR. GAUVIN:  We have a weekend live program, which is going to be approximately 60 minutes of spoken word per week over that four hour program.

3457             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  Okay.

3458             MR. GAUVIN:  Then the weekly School Report, which will be about 20 minutes worth of spoken word.  I have a total of five hundred and ‑‑

3459             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  Sorry.  The weekend school, sorry?  That's the School Report.  Right?

3460             MR. GAUVIN:  The School Report, yes, would be about 20 minutes.

3461             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  And that's about 20 minutes of spoken word.

3462             MR. GAUVIN:  That's correct.

3463             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  All right.  Can you give me a total on that?

3464             MR. GAUVIN:  I have a total of 599 minutes 6:00A to midnight.

3465             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  That sounds like 10 hours to me, right, rounded up?

3466             MR. GAUVIN:  Pretty darn close.

3467             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  Okay.

3468             MR. GAUVIN:  And then 63 minutes midnight to 6:00 a.m.


3469             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  So an hour say.  Since we rounded you up, we will round you down.  an hour midnight to 6:00 a.m.

3470             MR. GAUVIN:  And you owe me two minutes.

3471             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  Okay.  Thank you very much for that.  That really helps.

3472             The last couple of questions.  We talked about your business plan.  I had some reservations about it, but I'm also not a businessman so I hope you don't take it as hugely critical, it's just a little understanding gap on my part.  How does it change though if we licence more than you?

3473             I assume because you were the first person in here you must have assumed you were building a business plan, and tell me if my assumptions are wrong, but I assume you were building a business plan based on the notion that you would be the third service into this market.  What if your the third but romping right along behind you are the fourth and the fifth?  How does that change things, or the fourth if that makes you feel a little less trepidation?

3474             MR. GAUVIN:  A friend told me that even turkeys can fly in a hurricane, so maybe you could licence all 10.


3475             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  Don't give us any ideas.  We're from Ottawa, you know.

‑‑‑ Laughter / Rires

3476             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  We are a scary bunch of people, you know.  If you haven't figured that out you have been hiding somewhere farther away than Grande Prairie.

3477             MR. GAUVIN:  The way that I basically envision it is that I anticipate that there are going to be two licences handed out.  The way that I have sort of seen the segment break out as far as how people will look after it is that, you know, we have a country station already and they do a wonderful job.  Sun FM has already said that they are going to go more of, say, an Easy Listening sound or something like that, so them or somebody else looks after that, and I really see us as having sort of more of a station that leans towards New Rock and then a station that leans more to a Classic Rock, so between those four stations I really see them looking after most of the interests of the Grande Prairie ‑‑

3478             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  So you don't see it as a problem for you.  You can survive.  Your business plan will survive.

3479             MR. GAUVIN:  Not a problem.

3480             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  Okay.


3481             MR. GAUVIN:  As I mentioned, we were very conservative in our numbers and so that makes it easier to do better than that.

3482             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  We have been asking the other applicants about whether they would be willing to find another frequency, but it sounds like you have located a frequency that no one else would want so that may be just a moot question.

3483             MR. GAUVIN:  No, you are exactly right.  Nobody else could use 95.5 because in Falher, Alberta some 120 kilometres away or whatever it is, 95.7 CKRP, and so that ‑‑ and they are a protected station so that restricts what we are able to do here.

3484             The other thing that it does is that there has always been a lot of complaint from organizations like, say, the CAB or Standard Radio and what have you about ‑‑

3485             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  Oh, them, yes.


3486             MR. GAUVIN:  Yes, those guys ‑‑ about those LPFMs coming in through the back doors, they like to say and then asking for power increases later on.  Well, by being at 95.5, that's a huge jump for us if we want to be able to later on down the road go in, as they say, through the back door and ask for a power increase because we can't stay at 95.5.  So it shows a commitment on our part of being able to stay where we are at.

3487             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  I appreciate that.  Thank you.

3488             Those are my questions, Mr. Chairman.  My colleagues may have something more.

3489             THE CHAIRPERSON:  While we are on the subject of wattage and frequency, obviously in choosing a low power FM you choose a non‑protected frequency and if there was use made, say ‑‑ well, we will take the example of the fuller stations, if they wanted to increase their power you could be asked to change frequency because they will have a priority to get that power increase.

3490             Why have you chosen a non‑protected frequency?  Why not a 100 watts?  With even 51 watts you would be protected.


3491             MR. GAUVIN:  And we thought about that.  As part of our original business plan we were saying, geez, a 300 watt station would be really nice in here because then we can just sneak into Beaver Lodge, you know, because they are really close and do a lot of their shopping in Grande Prairie.  Most of it came down to the costs associated with it in that all of a sudden ‑‑ the difference from 50 watts and 51 watts, say, is that your signal goes about as far as this pen further and all of a sudden it costs you another $25,000 for an engineering brief to get done, and that just didn't seem like a smart business decision to make, especially in a competitive process where really what is the difference if we are a 50‑watt station competing against 100,000‑watt station versus a 300‑watt station competing against 100,000 watt station.

3492             We are essentially in the exact same boat.  If you like what we have to say you will grant us the licence and if you don't we are not going to get it either way.

3493             THE CHAIRPERSON:  My colleague, Mrs. Cram, wants to ask you a question.

3494             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  Thank you.  I had a few questions.

3495             The first one was, Ms Mercer, I saw you trying to say something when my colleague, Commissioner Langford, was talking about housing, the $800 or the homeless people not being able to ‑‑

3496             MS MERCER:  Right.  A couple of things on that.


3497             Some of the radio starting positions are never going to approach what Tim Horton's is paying up there, but I mean historically forever people have started ‑‑ I mean if you never worked in radio, man, overnights and started at $600 and $800 a month, you know.  Even you can go back 10 years and 15 years and go, how do you afford to live at that, but we did, you know.  We got roommates, we house sat.  You can make it happen if you want it to happen.

3498             The same people that want to be somebody in the radio industry are not going to work at Tim Horton's or they are working there part time.  There are ways to make it happen, and if you want to be in radio bad enough you will find a way, and it's true.  Anyone else would be saying the same thing sitting here.

3499             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  For your information, lawyers when they are articling earn sometimes $650 a month or at least did sometime in the ‑‑

3500             MS MERCER:  That was the career I was thinking if this didn't happen.  I'm not going to do that.

3501             THE CHAIRPERSON:  ‑‑ at least they did sometime in the 70s.

3502             THE CHAIRPERSON:  And still.


3503             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  Ms Price, you talked about that there will be a growth in population for the next five years and I was discussing this with my colleagues at noon.  Our understanding was that because of the construction projects in Fort McMurray there is a finite ‑‑ there will come a time when once the construction projects are ended that the growth will not be as malthusian or exponential after the projects are completed.

3504             Are you saying that after five years in Grande Prairie that you would expect a slow down or a negative growth?  It's just that nobody has suggested anything after five years.

3505             MS PRICE:  I'm going to direct the question to Gord.

3506             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  Sure.

3507             MR. GAUVIN:  The city of Grande Prairie in their forecasts have said I think 5.4 per cent for the next two years and 4.6 per cent after that, or what have you.  Honestly, since we have moved here or there, they have been consistently low.  They are forecasting after that for it to drop to about 3.5 per cent for the remaining I think seven years after that and then to 2.5 after that.


3508             You know, it's a crazy place and anybody that doesn't live there can't understand it because it's ‑‑ like I said, when the Tim Horton's is paying $15.50 an hour I'm sure the person that's working at Tim Horton's in Gatineau, Quebec isn't very happy about that because they are probably making $7 an hour.  So when we talk in Grande Prairie about what the economy is like and where it is going to go, everybody can't see an end to it.

3509             That could be oilfield companies that are saying that we are spending X‑millions of dollars in this area for the next five years at least, so that's sort of where it's coming from as far as when we are seeing projected growth for the next while.

3510             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  Are you aware of a term called the diversification index where I think it's Stats Canada considers the number of industries and how highly diversified the economy is, meaning it is more stable, because if one part of the industry falls another part ‑‑ you know, if it's a small industry then of course it's ‑‑ or one industry out of 20, then it won't have that much effect.


3511             MR. GAUVIN:  Yes.  I am a little bit aware of that.  I lived in Prince George when the economy essentially collapsed there and a population of 75,000 people and the thought around town is that it was a fairly diverse economy.  The Japanese economy collapsed, the softwood lumber agreement happened or didn't happen and, as a result of that, a whole bunch of mills closed down, layoffs were abundant and the economy essentially went into the toilet.

3512             Grande Prairie is working at diversification and kudos to our city council because they are constantly looking at new opportunities and new businesses to bring into the city, but right now we are an oil and gas town.  Agriculture contributes, forestry contributes but all the money right now is oil and gas.

3513             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  I would like you to address ‑‑ my final question is my concern.

3514             Grande Prairie is booming; it is great.  I have no idea what the value of a licence would be in Grande Prairie, even a low power licence, but it has happened to us in the past that we would licence somebody and immediately, or maybe within two or three years, they would sell to an incumbent in the market.


3515             I want to address my hypothetical fears that if we licensed you you would be there for two or three years and then sell at a price which I think could be fairly handsome.  Could you address that for me?

3516             MR. GAUVIN:  I most certainly could.  That's part of where our employee share ownership program comes into play.  The people that are going to be ‑‑ these long‑term employees that are going to be helping us and growing with us and what have you, they will own a little piece of the business, which makes it that much harder to be able to turn around and sell and if at a future point, say, you know, 10 or 15 years down the road Donna and myself aren't interested in living in Grande Prairie any more, well, as part of the bylaws we are going to have to divest ourselves to the rest of the employees as well.

3517             We have said all along that we want to sell a little piece of the business and we want to be able to pass it on to the employees that are still working there, so that way we are still maintaining our local ownership, the local focus, the local everything.  It's not our plan to sell this in any short period of time or to flip it or anything like that or to look for another company that is interested in looking after it, but we are looking at divesting ourselves of a good portion of it but it's to the people that are working at the station and are focused on making it better for the city of Grande Prairie.


3518             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  Thank you, Mr. Chair.

3519             THE CHAIRPERSON:  Thank you, Mrs. Cram.

3520             Mr. Williams.

3521             COMMISSIONER WILLIAMS:  Mr. Gauvin ‑‑ have I pronounced it correctly ‑‑ if we licence your station plus one or two others, which stations would be the least disruptive to your business plan?

3522             MR. GAUVIN:  The least disruptive.  Right off the bat I would say the Christian application.

3523             COMMISSIONER WILLIAMS:  Excluding them.  Sorry.

3524             MR. GAUVIN:  Oh, darned.

‑‑‑ Laughter / Rires

3525             MR. GAUVIN:  I would say least disruptive would be one of the larger chains excluding OK and Pattison because I don't feel that they would have the opportunity to have local ownership and local excitement about the community that the owners live in, so I would say maybe Vista or Sun Country Cablevision maybe or something like that.


3526             On the flip side of your question, if you are going to ask the one as to which one would complement us or which one would you be able to do the best or that we could work with the most, I really liked the application from Bear Creek Broadcasting.  I have never actually even met Ken Truhn or Brian Nash, but after reading over it I see that they have a commitment to the community with their endeavours for the local arts groups and museums and things like that.  I say, as them being local residents of Grande Prairie and what it is that they have done for the city in the past, I think that they would really complement as far as what we would be able to do too, and between the two of us we could do a lot of work that isn't getting done as well as it possibly could be right now.

3527             COMMISSIONER WILLIAMS:  Thank you.

3528             In your experience working in both a boom environment and I guess a recession environment that you described in the other community, do companies need to advertise more or less in which economy?  Like if an economy is humming in all cylinders maybe they don't need to advertise.  Maybe people are just coming in the door.


3529             MR. GAUVIN:  Well, I guess that's putting my sales hat on and so when the economy is slow we say, well, you better advertise so you can get some people through the door, and when business is busy then we say, well, your competitor is even busy too so you better advertise so you can get some of them away from them.  I mean obviously if you look at the economy, how busy it is and how much people are spending on advertising right now, that's a clear indicator.

3530             I should have brought a daily Herald Tribune, which is the local newspaper.  The Friday newspaper is literally this thick and it's from flyers and advertisements that are in that paper.

3531             COMMISSIONER WILLIAMS:  If your application was approved and you were licensed later this year, how long from the date of licensing would it take your organization to get on the air?

3532             COMMISSIONER WILLIAMS:  The tough part is getting trades available to do the renovations to the place that we have agreed to rent, that and then ordering everything in.  We anticipate it will probably be about four, four to five months to get up on the air.

3533             COMMISSIONER WILLIAMS:  Four to five months.  I think an Edmonton broadcaster operated out of a trailer, a construction trailer, for a little while just a year ago.  Yes.

3534             MR. GAUVIN:  Yes.  That could be an option too.


3535             COMMISSIONER WILLIAMS:  Okay.  Thank you very much.

3536             Those are my questions, Mr. Arpin.

3537             THE CHAIRPERSON:  Thank you, Mr. Williams.

3538             Legal counsel.

3539             MS MURPHY:  Thank you, Mr. Chair.

3540             In reviewing the application and in looking for the revisions to the projections, revenues and expenses, we have found an email that lists the changes that you submitted on July 11, 2005.  In that list of items or information that were revised there is reference to a section 4.4 of the application form.  Section 4 of the application form actually deals with financial operations.  We have found also detailed revised expenses with the full breakdown, but we cannot find the revised revenue and expense table that would consolidate this information.

3541             We would like to ask you to verify the public exam filed.  Staff can assist you in terms of locating exactly what was filed when you did file these revisions.  If information is missing, we were wondering how quickly you could provide us those tables.


3542             MR. GAUVIN:  I have it right here.  Actually, I was kind of wondering about that because I printed off from the public file off the Web site the entire amended application, the old stuff, I mean there was so much information there, and for some reason off of that only one of the two pages printed out.  It's all the expenses but the revenue page, for some reason, didn't show up on what I printed off.  I just assumed I missed the page when I printed it but I have the revised ones right here.  I can give them to you right away.

3543             MS MURPHY:  Thank you.

3544             MR. GAUVIN:  Thank you.

3545             MS MURPHY:  Those are my questions.

3546             THE CHAIRPERSON:  Thank you, counsel.

3547             Mr. Gauvin, here is the time to conclude.  I am giving you two minutes to tell us why you are the best applicant for a new licence in Grande Prairie.

3548             MR. GAUVIN:  Thank you very much.


3549             I would like to thank the Commission very much for reviewing our application today.  I feel our application responds to the needs of the community very effectively.  We bring a diversity of news voices and, as the Commission has stated, the licensing of too many stations in a market could leave to are reduction of service.  Fortunately, our application only competes in the most competitive part of the Peace Country.

3550             Thank you again very much for your time and I look forward to a speedy decision as everybody else here does.

3551             Thank you.

3552             THE CHAIRPERSON:  Thank you.

3553             We will take a small break.  Before we break up I want to remind all the applicants that have elected not to appear for Phase II, the intervention period, to meet with the secretary of the hearing so that we have a list of those who are looking to appear.

3554             We will take a short break.  We will get back at five o'clock with the last application.

3555             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  I think we should note that Mr. Myles has been released and he is in the room with the rest of us.

‑‑‑ Laughter / Rires

3556             COMMISSIONER LANGFORD:  And looking none the worse for his ordeal, I must say.

‑‑‑ Upon recessing at 1655 / Suspension à 1655

‑‑‑ Upon resuming at 1707 / Reprise à 1707

3557             THE CHAIRPERSON:  Please be seated.


3558             Only for the purpose of Phase II, some of our questions did evolve throughout the last two days so some of the applicants may not have been asked any questions regarding the alternative scenarios that we have been discussing with some of the applicants.  I would suggest that if you want to make comments on the scenarios and other questions that could have been raised throughout the hearing for which you think you have the specific answer to use Phase II of this proceeding to give us your reply.

3559             I will now ask the secretary to introduce the final applicant.

3560             THE SECRETARY:  Thank you, Mr. Chair.

3561             Item No. 10 on the agenda is the application by Standard Radio Inc. for a licence to operate an English language FM commercial radio programming undertaking in Grande Prairie.  The new stations would operate on frequency 101.9 MHz (channel 270C1) with an effective radiated power of 100,000 watts (non‑directional antenna/antenna height of 256.6 metres).

3562             Appearing for the applicant is Marty Forbes who will introduce his colleagues.

3563             You will then have 20 minutes for your presentation.  Mr. Forbes.

PRESENTATION / PRÉSENTATION


3564             MR. FORBES:  Thank you, kindly.

3565             Good afternoon, Mr. Chairman and Members of the Commission.

3566             My name is Marty Forbes.  I am the Vice‑President and General Manager of Standard's radio stations here in Edmonton, Alberta.

3567             Before we begin I would like to introduce you to the members of our team who have all played a key role in developing our application for a new FM in Grande Prairie.

3568             To my right is Diane Morris, Manager of Finances for western Canada for Standard Radio.

3569             To my left is Jane Morrissey, a long‑time veteran of our sales department here in Edmonton.

3570             To Jane's left is Betty Selin, Regional News Director from Standard Radio in Kelowna.  Betty is the recent winner of the Jack Webster Fellowship for News Excellence and she has won CAB awards for her incredible coverage of the B.C. fires a few summers ago.

3571             To Betty's left is Tammy Cole, Music Director for EZ Rock in Edmonton here who will handle programming and music questions.


3572             Behind me, Jeff Vidler from Solutions Research Group in Toronto.  Jeff handled the research project for us and is a former program director for Standard Radio.

3573             Beside Jeff is Don Lindsay who is a standard radio employee living in Grande Prairie.  Don sells our northern British Columbia stations in the Grande Prairie market.  He has been living in the area for many years and will be part of our new operation in charge of our local advisory board.

3574             Beside Don is Tim Murphy, another standard Edmonton employee who works for Team 1260, our sports radio station.  Tim is of Métis descent and will be helping us coordinate our plans for the aboriginal community.

3575             This is our Standard Radio team.

3576             We are pleased to be here today to apply for a Soft Adult Contemporary radio station for Grande Prairie, Alberta.  This radio station would be utilizing the EZ Rock brand that we use in Edmonton and Toronto and in some of Standard's other markets across the country.


3577             As you have heard from the other applicants, Grande Prairie is a very unique community.  Isolated from the rest of the province.  A dynamic and rapidly growing city with an economy that is sustained by agriculture, forestry and of course Alberta's gas and oil industries.

3578             It's a community that is vibrant, active and a great place to raise a family, a wonderful and most scenic area of our province.  It's an area growing in an unprecedented rate and all signs are that that growth will continue for some time to come.

3579             Grande Prairie is a city that is almost totally self‑sufficient, an area that is rich in quality of life with most of the major chain businesses and services located in or near the city.  The connection to Edmonton lies via Hwy 43 where northern residents might travel down to the highway to visit our famous West Edmonton Mall or to enjoy an NHL or CFL game or to possibly attend a major concert in this city.

3580             As you well know, Standard Radio is a family‑owned and operated business and a leading Canadian broadcast company with a well known track record of serving the community and the Canadian music industry.  With 51 radio stations in seven provinces in markets big and small, we truly understand the importance of local radio service.


3581             Here in Edmonton I'm rather proud of what we have accomplished with our Standard Radio stations, the Bear, EZ Rock and Team 1260.  The Bear alone has donated $1.3 million in cash from our Bear's Children's Fund to various needs in our city since our inception more than 15 years ago.

3582             Also, EZ Rock and the Bear completed a huge first ever radiothon for the Stollery Children's Hospital last fall raising a staggering $300,000 in just two days.

3583             In preparing our application, Standard listened to the needs expressed by many members of the Grande Prairie community for a radio station that will provide a strong and consistent focus on the area.  We have closely analyzed the Grande Prairie economy and we commissioned research to accurately pinpoint what is currently missing and desired by the listeners of this vibrant northern Alberta community.

3584             Not only is there a desire for a new and unique music service in the city, but our research also shows there is a large demand for news and information that directly connects the city of Grande Prairie to the rest of the province as well as to the rest of Canada.

3585             More on this in just a moment.


3586             To highlight our research findings Jeff Vidler of Solutions Research Group.

3587             MR. VIDLER:  Thanks, Marty.

3588             The purpose of our study was to help Standard identify the most appropriate format for their plans to serve the Grande Prairie radio market.  First, our study showed that there was a viable business opportunity for two formats in Grande Prairie, a Rock station and a Soft AC station.  Both would attract a significant audience with a very distinct profile.

3589             The Rock station is skewed towards younger men while the Soft AC would appeal largely to women aged 35 and over.  In fact, the research indicates that both formats could comfortably coexist while still leaving a large slice of the market for the incumbent stations.  Of the two formats, Standard chose the Soft AC option for the following reasons:

3590             First, Soft AC would draw a large and saleable audience.  Nearly two out of the three adults surveyed suggested they would try the Soft AC format if it became available in the market.  Nearly 50 per cent said it would be their first or second choice station while 22 per cent said it would become their favourite station.


3591             Based on this favourite station response we would project that a Soft AC format is the potential to gain a 22 per cent share of listening among 18‑plus adults in Grande Prairie.  Among 25 to 54 women, the potential share rises to 37 per cent.

3592             Second, a Soft AC station would add diversity to the market.  Among those who indicated that a Soft AC station would be their favourite, 79 per cent felt there was no local station that consistently played the kind of music that suits their tastes.

3593             This dissatisfaction is further reflected in the fact that many potential core listeners to the format were tuning what were, at the time of the survey, grey market satellite signals from the U.S.  Fourteen per cent reported listening to Sirius or XM in the week prior to being interviewed.

3594             Finally, Soft AC listeners would be particularly receptive.  Standard plans to leverage their regional and national news resources for the Grande Prairie radio station.  Nearly six in 10 or 58 per cent of the potential core listeners to the Soft AC format said they would like to hear more news on the radio that would connect them to Alberta and Canada at large.


3595             All in all, the research indicates that Standard's Soft AC format would be viable at a degree of diversity that would strengthen the local radio market and complement the concurrent addition of a Rock format to the market.

3596             MR. MURPHY:  Thank you, Jeff.

3597             EZ Rock Grande Prairie will feature artists that generally don't get air play in the area, featuring many of the Canadian artists that Standard Radio has supported across the country for the past several years.  This audio presentation speaks for itself.

‑‑‑ Video presentation / Présentation vidéo

3598             MR. FORBES:  Now to describe the music you will hear on EZ Rock Grande Prairie, Tammy Cole.

3599             MS COLE:  EZ Rock is one of the most consistent and steadily growing formats in Canada.  Because of the seamless blending of long‑established artists with merging Canadian and international artists, EZ Rock Edmonton and other EZ Rock stations are consistently strong performers. The Soft AC format has very little duplication with current Grande Prairie operations.


3600             The EZ Rock playlist includes establish artists like Elton John, Lionel Ritchie and Fleetwood Mac.  These artists have limited or no air play in the Grande Prairie area at the moment.  As well, Canadian acts like the Guess Who, Gordon Lightfoot, Bryan Adams, Celine Dion and Shania Twain.

3601             The EZ Rock format is more adventurous than most traditional AC stations.  EZ Rock Edmonton was the first AC station in Canada to add James Blunt's "You're Beautiful" into regular rotation.  As well, we were the very first AC station to play Vernon, B.C. native Daniel Powter's megahit "Bad Day".  Two very good moves on our part.

3602             EZ Rock is the perfect venue to showcase and establish emerging Canadian artists.  Over the past few years we have introduced Hip Joint, Lakota Son, Amanda Stott, Ron Sexsmith and Daniel Powter to our audience.  We have also provided many new artists with an opportunity to showcase their talents with our exclusive loyal listener club performances.

3603             Standard Radio also uses a company wide playlist comparison to ensure an artist's success in Grande Prairie can expand from a regional to a national level.  With this proactive approach to nurturing and exposing Canadian talent, our commitment to establish Canadian superstars, reaching and maintaining 40 per cent Cancon is more achievable in the Soft AC format as we utilize music from a variety of formats.


3604             The Soft AC format is unique and what we call family friendly appealing to women and families with the assurance of inoffensive lyrics or verbal content.  We are so proud to inaugurate Grande Prairie's first family friendly radio station that we will include our family friendly pledge on the EZ Rock Grande Prairie Web site.

3605             MR. FORBES:  Thank you, Tammy.

3606             Now I would like to introduce Jane Morrissey with information on our sales plan.

3607             MS MORRISSEY:  Grande Prairie is growing at an unprecedented rate of over 4 per cent per year.  It is a major hub for most of the Peace region, serving up to 200,000 people.

3608             As part of Alberta's growing economy Grande Prairie has seen growth in oil and gas, agriculture, forestry and the tourism industries.  Retail spending, population growth, building permits and new business licences show steady increases year over year and well above the Canadian average.  Spending in recreation vehicles, ATVs, motorcycles, ski‑doos and camping equipment is huge.  It is an area that is stunningly beautiful and enjoyed year round.


3609             The Financial Post predicts retail spending to go over $1 billion for 2006.  It has been more than 25 years since the introduction of a new radio service to the Grande Prairie community.  Our research and experience show that the market is strong and supports licensing at least one FM station and possibly more, especially if the formats are unique to the market.

3610             We have surveyed the market and have found several local advertisers that tell us that if a female 35 plus targeted radio station were in their market they would use it to reach potential customers.  We have talked to key advertisers from Grande Prairie including the Grande Prairie Chrysler Group, Carpet Superstore and the Vacation Store, to name a few.  They have told us they would support and advertise on a female 35‑plus radio station.

3611             Our revenue projections are conservative, realistic and achievable in Grande Prairie.  With Standard's financial and programming expertise there is plenty of time and opportunity to build listenership of this property to the levels seen across the Standard chain.

3612             MR. FORBES:  Thank you, Jane.

3613             Now with news and information, Betty Selin.


3614             MS SELIN:  We believe this application offers one of the strongest news components due to the resources we will have in the region and across the country.  Our strength is our commitment to reflect the community of Grande Prairie and surrounding area bringing a new independent editorial voice to the region.

3615             Our team will focus on local news.  But one of our other advantages is the strength of the Standard Radio news centres across the country.  Our research showed more than 50 per cent of adults in Grande Prairie would like to hear more news that connects them to Alberta and Canada in general.

3616             There will be 62 newscasts per week as well as locally produced news and public affairs programming featuring content relevant to our audience.  Our proposal includes a special noon cast called the Alberta report that will be coordinated with the Grande Prairie newsroom utilizing our reporters in Edmonton and Calgary newsrooms, providing information on oil, forestry, agriculture and government.

3617             Wherever news happens in Canada, we have access to Standard's award winning network of newsrooms including those just across the border in British Columbia.  When news breaks we will have access to sources that no one else has.


3618             EZ Rock will have an advantage during major events like provincial or national elections, budgets or any major government announcements.  Our newsroom will have the ability to link up with our Standard news centres or our special partnership with CTV to bring news from the source directly to our listeners.

3619             Shift workers will also be able to get the day's news at their convenience on our Web site.  We have also found this a very useful tool during emergencies like the recent missing girl in British Columbia.  Many posters were printed from our Web site and put up in stores as the community rallied to locate this missing child.  We were proud to be a small part of that.  It's that dedication to serve the communities we broadcast in that we will bring to Grande Prairie.


3620             This application offers a unique opportunity, giving an outlet, to many groups in the community who currently don't have a voice.  There are 90 minutes Sunday morning News Magazine. Groups we spoke with like the Aboriginal Development Centre, the Alberta Canadian French Association, Odyssey House, the Multicultural Association, Sunrise House and the African Caribbean Association are excited about a new opportunity to connect with the community.  Community stringers will be paid to provide content bearing from current issues to community events.  One half hour of this program will be in French, one half hour in English, the remainder supplied by the aboriginal community.

3621             Our news policies reflect our commitment to diversity and local reflection.  Our proven track record to serve our audience will keep our listeners in the Grande Prairie area connected to the community and well informed.

3622             To further explain that component, Tim Murphy.

3623             MR. MURPHY:  Thank you, Betty.


3624             Tansi.  The program will cover band issues that relate to all First Nations people in the Grande Prairie region ranging from local events to national events of the Grand Chief Council.  Events included are Aboriginal Day, which is June 21 in this country, to local powwows and dance, jig competitions, local and province‑wide, voting procedures for local band councils, sweat lodge information, language classes for natives, youth programs.  This information is vital to areas as far north as Treaty 6 and Treaty 8, along with the seven other native communities in and around the Grande Prairie region.

3625             This program will also feature national aboriginal celebrities such as Grant Green, Elijah Harper and Gordon Tootoosis.

3626             Parts of this program will also put an emphasis on First Nations sports stars such as Jonathan Cheechoo of the San Jose Sharks and Jimmy Nashim, who is a member of the Team Canada's Olympic fastball team and who is also from the northern Alberta region.

3627             Native elders will also be included through interviews in native tongue of Cree and give guidance to retain a sense of history for the youths that they can understand and be proud of.

3628             Health issues will be of high concern to the radio program: AA locations and meetings, flu vaccination locations, along with information on educational programs for aboriginal youth.  Part of the show will also include a native employment section and training locals to encourage native participation in the community.

3629             This radio program will benefit areas such as Sucker Creek Nation and Driftpile Nation, just to name a few.


3630             This radio program will benefit the native population.  It would make up to 7 per cent to 10 per cent of the total Grande Prairie region and will be represented well with a new radio program.

3631             MR. FORBES:  Standard has proposed significant benefits for the development of Canadian talent in the amount of $100,000 per year or $700,000 over the seven‑year licence term.  These are very unique concepts targeted at serving the local Grande Prairie community.  Included will be an EZ Rock talent search, much like the Canadian Idol phenomenon, where the winner would record a demo sampler at Edmonton's legendary Homestead Recorders.  There will be a cash prize of $10,000 and a special showcase to introduce our winner to influential people in the music business.  Standard will fully pay for the production of CDs and a professional bio package.

3632             Standard will direct $15,000 per annum towards the Alberta Recording Industry Association, will create a brand new $10,000 bursary program for students at either Northern Alberta Institute of Technology or Grant MacEwen College in Edmonton.  One specializes in radio and TV and the other in journalism.


3633             Standard will also create a fund that will support Canadians who are members of the four designated groups.  This fund will be $10,000 per year.  There will be a donation to FACTOR of $5,000 per year.  As well, we will direct $5,000 to Canadian Music Week annually.

3634             Finally, Standard will create a scholarship program for aboriginal students to attend one of Canada's leading post‑secondary courses at NATE.  This scholarship program will include a valuable practical placement for the student and an opportunity for future employment somewhere in the standard chain of radio stations.  Again, this is $100,000 per year guaranteed.

3635             Our non‑cash benefits for Canadian talent will include Standard's well known national Free Ad Plan which runs commercials promoting new Canadian CDs as well.  Over the past five years alone Standard Radio corporately has spend $20 million on supporting the Canadian music industry.

3636             Standard Radio's commitment to the local community is consistent throughout the entire chain.  Last year alone Standard raised a total of over $7 million across the chain to assist local hospitals in each of the markets we serve.


3637             As well as what I have noted with our Bear Children's Fund earlier, EZ Rock Edmonton produces one of the most unique programs each Christmas called the EZ Rock Single Parent Christmas Party where 500 people enjoy a party with Santa, Christmas entertainment and a fun that they might not ordinarily enjoy due to their family situation.  This initiative as well will be ruled out to EZ Rock Grande Prairie.

3638             Our philosophy is to find out the needs in a community and to fill that need.  I'm sure if you have read through our letters of support you will see this is the practice at Standard Radio Edmonton and a promise to roll out to Grande Prairie.

3639             We have presented what we consider to be a well thought out and strong application for a Soft AC radio station to be called EZ Rock Grande Prairie, the key highlights being:  a new and strong voice for Grande Prairie; a brand new format not heard in the market; 40 per cent Canadian content; a benefits package of $700,000 over the seven year period; a new and dynamic approach to news and information using Standard's newsrooms from across the country; partnerships with both CTV and ADR that will be part of our news and magazine coverage to the area; news jobs and careers in the broadcasting industry; and, finally, a realistic and achievable business plan.


3640             We feel our application brings an exclusive new format, Soft AC, and substantial news and information commitments that are highly complementary to a city going through rapid growth like Grande Prairie is experiencing at this time.

3641             This concludes our presentation and we appreciate the opportunity to answer any questions you may have.

3642             Thank you.

3643             THE CHAIRPERSON:  Thank you, Mr. Forbes.

3644             I am asking Commissioner Cugini to ask you the first questions.

3645             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  Ladies and gentlemen, good afternoon.  Welcome to the home stretch of this part of the proceedings anyway.

3646             I understand that EZ Rock is a name brand that is associated with Standard Radio.  Has that come to mean wherever a radio station is branded as EZ Rock as a combination of Soft Rock and Adult Contemporary music?

3647             MR. FORBES:  The good thing about EZ Rock is that is exactly the brand, it is Soft Rock and nothing else.  If there is a blend there may be a Country crossover, but it certainly doesn't share any tendencies from CHR or almost any other chart.


3648             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  So Soft AC, as you have just described it, is exactly what you have just said.

3649             MR. FORBES:  Absolutely.

3650             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  And the addition of non‑traditional AC ‑‑ I'm sorry, I don't remember your name.

3651             MR. FORBES:  That's Tammy, Tammy Cole.

3652             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  Cole.

3653             MS COLE:  Yes.

3654             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  ‑‑ that you talked about, will we be seeing those kinds of selections also included in the Grande Prairie station if licensed?

3655             MS COLE:  Yes.

3656             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  So it will be a combination of Soft Rock and AC.

3657             MR. FORBES:  We are really talking the same thing.

3658             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  Okay.

3659             MS COLE:  Yes, it is the same thing.

3660             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  All right.  You see them as the same thing.

3661             MR. FORBES:  Absolutely.


3662             MS COLE:  Yes.

3663             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  That's good.

3664             Your research shows that this will be popular with the 25 to 54 demographic group.  You also say that it will have a particular appeal to 35 to 44.  Have you identified a core audience within that 35 to 44 year old group that this station will appeal to?

3665             MR. FORBES:  I'm going to let Mr. Vidler answer that question.

3666             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  Sure.

3667             MR. VIDLER:  The station would have its peak audience.  The research indicates a potential of a 37 per cent share among 25 to 54 year old females.  I think sort of if you cut to the centre of that in terms of a vision of the listener that I think Marty has in mind is something like a 37‑year old female with a couple of children, if you are sort of trying to imagine sort of a core listener.  Obviously, it would be a blend of different listeners, but that would represent ‑‑ the essence of the format would be ‑‑

3668             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  And that's aka the median age of your listener.

3669             MR. VIDLER:  Yes.

3670             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  Okay.


3671             You have also identified in your research that both this format and Classic Rock or Rock would also be very popular so why did you choose this format for the Grande Prairie market?

3672             MR. VIDLER:  It's been our experience that broadcasters like to research, they like to go in with an idea of what they would like to do and then have it qualified.  We decided to step a little bit further into it and say, let's find out what the entire market is looking for and go two and three deep, especially where we might have some expertise in a format and the EZ Rock format absolutely jumped right out with this application.

3673             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  I also believe that throughout your application you talked about your expertise in particular with your station in Edmonton and of course your station in Toronto.  Are there going to be other programming synergies other than the news and information ones that you cited in your opening statement that you will share with your Edmonton station?


3674             MR. FORBES:  Grande Prairie would operate total separate.  The one thing that Standard does do is a lot of discussions and comparing things and good ideas.  As Tammy mentioned, you know, James Blunt we were playing here in Edmonton for almost a month and the other stations were kind of watching for some activity.  So there is always sharing of resources and expertise in this same format.  We do that the same with our Rock stations and news talk as well.

3675             But from a hands‑on standalone aspect, EZ Rock Grande Prairie will be ‑‑ they might just find the next Daniel Powter up there.

3676             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  Will it be a standalone operation?

3677             MR. FORBES:  Absolutely.

3678             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  So it will have its own traffic system, its own billing system, et cetera, all the back office functions within a building in Grande Prairie.

3679             MR. FORBES:  That's correct.

3680             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  Okay.

3681             So the only synergies really may be what works in Edmonton as far as a playlist is concerned might be communicated to Grande Prairie and they might try it there and vice‑versa.


3682             MR. FORBES:  There could be something like promotions.  I mean there are only so many ways you can do Mother's Day, so if there is somebody in our Vernon EZ Rock or Salmon Arm EZ Rock that has a great idea, they would fire that out and we would apply it to the area.

3683             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  Are you going to fly Leeza Gibbons into Grande Prairie to do TV promos?  You don't have to answer that.

3684             MR. FORBES:  Can't afford her.

‑‑‑ Laughter / Rires

3685             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  One of the things that I found interesting in your supplementary brief, you said it would distinguish itself because it was designed to depend in large part on interactivity and public involvement to cover the daily news.  I was just wondering if you could explain to us a little bit on how that is going to work and what do you mean by "interactivity with the public".

3686             MR. FORBES:  Absolutely.  I will let Betty handle that.

3687             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  Sure.

3688             MS SELIN:  One of the things that I think you were specifically referring to is our Sunday morning News Magazine; for a station in a market this size I think it will be quite unique.  Basically, our intent is, of course the news director would be ultimately responsible for this program, but it's our intent to find what we are calling community stringers within the community to help put that content together.


3689             I spent quite a bit of time on the phone talking to community groups.  As I'm sure you can appreciate, in a booming economy there are a lot of social issues that come up.  It's difficult to deal with those kinds of in‑depth issues in a newscast where a story might be 30, 45 seconds long.  What we are looking at here is in‑depth interviews.  Let's talk about what is going on in that community.  You know, you want to hear the bad with the good and you want the community to come together to find solutions.  So we see the Sunday morning News Magazine as that kind of venue.

3690             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  So you will be looking for stringers.

3691             MS SELIN:  Within the community, yes, on top of our regular news staff.

3692             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  Yes.

3693             So they will be hired on a freelance basis.

3694             MS SELIN:  That's right.  We have budgeted for them and they would be paid on sort of a per show basis.

3695             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  How big will your newsroom be in Grande Prairie?


3696             MS SELIN:  We have three full time and one part time.

3697             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  That will be doing only news.

3698             MS SELIN:  That's right.  Do you want me to further explain?

3699             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  Sure.

3700             MS SELIN:  Okay.

3701             Our news director will be the morning show co‑host, which is the position that is relatively common within Standard stations.  In my regular job, that's what I do.  I'm a news director and a morning show co‑host.

3702             The secondary news position would be the afternoon news anchor, who would also of course report in the morning before they do their afternoon anchorship.

3703             The third full‑time position would be a reporter three days a week and the weekend anchor.

3704             Then we would have a half‑time reporter that would cover, you know, those evening meetings that nobody wants to go to.

3705             Then our stringers would be over and above that.


3706             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  Then over and above that would also be your weather and sports people.

3707             MS SELIN:  Those would be handled within the news department.

3708             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  So are they included in that outline of staff that you just gave us.

3709             MS SELIN:  That's right.  Yes.  Exactly.  The person who does the morning news read would do the morning sports as well.  They would be the one, you know, checking the Web sites, getting those hockey scores, doing that kind of thing.

3710             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  Back to your Sunday morning news and magazine, you said it would be presented in English, French and Cree.

3711             MS SELIN:  That's correct.  We intend to break it down into 30‑minute segments, so the interview portion of the show that I spoke about would be, you know, much of the English portion, would be about the community issues as well as, you know, fundraising events, community.  You know, whatever is going on in that community you are going to find out about what is coming up the next week on the Sunday.

3712             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  So every week it will be split a third, a third and a third.


3713             MS SELIN:  That's our intention.  I mean that's in a perfect world.  I guess we will find out when we get into it because this is a unique program that we have developed for this radio station so, you know, we will learn by trial and error.

3714             Don, who actually lives in the market, has spent some time communicating with the Alberta Canadian French Association, which is ‑‑ there is a significant French population just outside the Grande Prairie area.  They are very interested in having a voice, so one of our news staff would obviously have to be bilingual and that would have to be a condition of their employment.

3715             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  And this type of programming is unique to the market, there is no other radio station providing this kind of programming.

3716             MS SELIN:  Not that we are aware of that does this sort of more lengthy kind of programming, then of course our relationship with the Aboriginal Voices Radio that we are developing as well as within the community the contacts that Tim has made.

3717             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  Is this a 52‑week commitment?

3718             MS SELIN:  This is a forever commitment.


3719             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  Okay then, times seven times the second term ‑‑

‑‑‑ Laughter / Rires

3720             MS SELIN:  Times seven times seven times seven.

3721             MR. FORBES:  If I can just add about the interactivity.  It is a big component.  It really is important that the public has access to the airwaves and your product.  We have a loyal listener club that receives a minimum one newsletter per month telling them everything that is going on in our operation.  They are asked to respond back to anything that they would like to comment on.  If we are launching our Christmas music it may be saying, when would you like it, when is too soon, when is too late.

3722             We also invite those listeners once a month to come join often in the radio station, wander through.  We bring in dinner and have them comment on the entire market, what they like and dislike, especially with artists as well, music they would like to hear.  So the whole radio station is constantly built on talking to the audience.

3723             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  Of course this is a program that you will be producing.

3724             MR. FORBES:  That's correct.


3725             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  Is there any other local programming that you will be producing that is part of this application?

3726             MR. FORBES:  Over and above the magazine show?

3727             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  Yes.

3728             MR. FORBES:  Our normal 6:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. will all be local.  Our evenings will be the syndicated Delilah show.  That's heard on about 150 radio stations across North America.  It is also interactive.  It has a 1‑800 phone number and email access as well.

3729             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  Of course the 40 per cent Canadian content commitment, you will accept that as a condition of licence.

3730             MR. FORBES:  Absolutely.

3731             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  And you will accept that as a condition of licence from 6:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. Monday to Friday.

3732             MR. FORBES:  Correct.

3733             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  I have to ask that.


3734             CTD.  You did not mention it in your opening remarks this afternoon.  However, it is in your supplementary brief.  It's the $15,000 a year to the aboriginal French language info program, so the one that we have just spoken about ‑‑

3735             MR. FORBES:  That's the Sunday morning program we referenced.

3736             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  Right.

3737             MR. FORBES:  That's correct.

3738             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  Why do you think this is eligible CTD?

3739             MR. FORBES:  I can't remember which applicant was talking this morning, it might have been Mr. Arnish.  I truly believe that you have to help develop the entire broadcast industry as well.

3740             I'm the head of NATE's radio and TV course and I have been guiding them along the lines of changing their intake system to reflect the needs in the community.  I think we as broadcasters have to help support and sustain the need for all these new broadcasters that are coming out there and that we should pay for their education, give them practice and programs and then employment in the broadcast industry.

3741             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  So it is the development of talent that would produce programming for your radio station.


3742             MR. FORBES:  It's taking a young employee to these courses, spending two years with them, bringing them into the radio station, teaching them hands on and then employing them.

3743             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  If during our deliberations we don't agree with that assessment, are you still committed to this ‑‑ would you still be committed to the Sunday morning program?

3744             MR. FORBES:  Absolutely.  As a matter of fact, Mr. Albright, from behind here, is sitting here from NATE, and if this doesn't qualify we would direct that funding towards NATE for their needs, but we will continue doing the Sunday morning show regardless.

3745             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  You would redirect that $15,000 to NATE as part of the CTD ‑‑ oh, your overall CTD commitment.

3746             MR. FORBES:  Yes, we would.

3747             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  Thank you.

3748             In terms of impact ‑‑ don't answer the question how many radio stations just yet can Grande Prairie support ‑‑

3749             MR. FORBES:  Thank you.


3750             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  ‑‑ if you were in the room this morning and even later on this afternoon, Bear Creek, and Vista agree with them, that Standard is one of the applicants, that is, one of the applicants that would have an impact on their proposed service if you were both awarded a licence as a result of the stations that Standard Radio operates in Fort St. John and Dawson Creek.

3751             Now, your salesperson is here so could you tell us ‑‑ part of the question is going to be can you tell us your services outside the Grande Prairie market.  Can you confirm that they do generate both revenue and audience in Grande Prairie?

3752             MR. FORBES:  I'm sorry.  I will let Don discuss his exact role.

3753             The closest radio station is a long, long way from Grande Prairie.  We are about 85 miles or 100‑and‑something kilometres in another time zone.

3754             Don, if you can just outline that?

3755             MR. LINDSAY:  Hi, I'm Don Lindsay.  I have been in Grande Prairie for over about 40 years now.  I have been selling Grande Prairie, Fort St. John, Dawson Creek and Fort Nelson Standard Radio advertising to the people in our market, in the Grande Prairie market, who want to hit that 80,000 to 90,000 market, that total northeastern British Columbia side of the border.


3756             Currently, the highway between Dawson Creek, Fort St. John and Grande Prairie is bumper to bumper.  It has been that way for a few years and it is going to get worse.  We have a large segment of that population that come over to shop in Grande Prairie.  The only contact that they have with Standard Radio in Grande Prairie is me selling the advertising I'm selling to the local retailers to go into the Dawson Creek‑Fort St. John market.  They do not hear us, they do not see us.  We are not heard or seen in the Grande Prairie market, our stations, and that includes our television station also.

3757             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  So the radio signals absolutely do not come into the Grande Prairie market.

3758             MR. LINDSAY:  You might get a faint glimpse of one for about 10 or 15 seconds, but actually you cannot pick them up and keep them on your station.

3759             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  Can you tell us what percentage of the advertising revenue for Fort St. John and Dawson Creek come from Grande Prairie retailers?

3760             MR. LINDSAY:  I would say we are selling about $360,000 to $400,000 a year out of Grande Prairie.  That's the revenue we are taking in in Fort St. John and Dawson Creek.

3761             As far as the total percentage, I can't give it to you.


3762             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  Do you foresee any operating synergies with those radio stations?

3763             MR. FORBES:  I think from a news standpoint Betty might have some ideas on how we might maximize that.

3764             MS SELIN:  I mean any of our news stations we can share information right across the country.  Standard Radio has an email system, it is called SRI News, and whatever happens anywhere, if it is a big story, we put it on that site and everyone has access to it.  It's what gives us an advantage from the rest of the world is using broadcast news.  We can use our own reporters.  So that would be available.  You know certainly there are some similarities in, you know, resource‑based stories, that kind of thing.  If Dawson Creek or Fort St. John did an interesting story certainly they would have access to it, but we don't see ‑‑ you know, there certainly wouldn't be simulcasting of newscasts.  It would be more sharing of perhaps contacts or story ideas or a really big story, we'd absolutely share it.

3765             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  Would that include programs from Standard's sister company Soundsource?  Would you be accessing of that programming?


3766             MR. FORBES:  Soundsource is a tremendous service and if there were some news or public affairs programs we certainly would take a look at it if it was relevant to the area.

3767             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  And none of their music programming.

3768             MR. FORBES:  Pardon me?

3769             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  None of their music programming.

3770             MR. FORBES:  Delilah is actually a Soundsource product.  It is Canadianized in Toronto and sent out across the country.

3771             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  Okay.  So there are plans to include that and there may be plans to include others.

3772             MR. FORBES:  That's correct.  Something like the LIVE 8 that came out a year ago, Standard had the rights to that and we had the option to run it and did run it on our two properties here.  A very similar scenario.  We would do that.

3773             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  Okay.  Now the impact question.


3774             You have heard various scenarios that were described both yesterday and today.  What would your response be if we ‑‑ first of all, how many radio stations do you believe the Grande Prairie market can sustain?

3775             MR. FORBES:  I think if we are including the Touch tone I think three.  I think it is imperative that they are as far apart as they possibly can be in format.  I just operated this last year with four new competitors and a format flip can certainly alter the landscape, but if each is true to their own format that they promise and follow through, I think we can all operate quite well.

3776             I mean the one difference with AC, it is a 70 per cent female and very, very low duplication on any of these other operations for any of the descriptions that I have heard, artist‑wise, yes, but the softer material from the Eagles and from the Doobie Brothers, that type, so there is very, very little duplication on this radio station.


3777             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  If we were to licence you and we were to give OK Radio their second, you heard them yesterday, or maybe you didn't, but they said that if we were to licence their application, their current radio station, they would probably skew their format to a softer AC than what they are currently doing.  If that scenario pans out will you still launch your radio station with the format as proposed?

3778             MR. FORBES:  That would cause me to lose what little hair I have left.  However, we are very confident in the product of EZ Rock and would continue to launch, absolutely.

3779             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  With this format as proposed.

3780             MR. FORBES:  That's correct.

3781             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  You heard the presentation from Crude Communications just before you came up.  What if we licensed that service, what impact would that have on your proposal?

3782             MR. FORBES:  It wouldn't cause me any problems at all.

3783             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  You would still keep all your hair.

3784             MR. FORBES:  It's a hope.  It may be too late.

‑‑‑ Laughter / Rires

3785             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  Thank you.

3786             MR. FORBES:  Thank you.

3787             COMMISSIONER CUGINI:  Thank you, Mr. Chairman.  Those are all my questions.

3788             THE CHAIRPERSON:  Commissioner Cram.

3789             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  Thank you.


3790             Mr. Forbes, there was just one question.  You are going to be live on air during the regulated time, 6:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m.  I heard you correctly.

3791             MR. FORBES:  That's correct.

3792             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  And 6:00 p.m. until midnight, did I hear you say syndicated programming?

3793             MR. FORBES:  It's a program called Delilah.  It's kind of an Oprahish radio program.  It is done in Seattle, Washington but fed across the country with a 1‑800.  It's love music and love ‑‑ very uplifting type programs.  We would run that.

3794             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  It's a phone‑in show.

3795             MR. FORBES:  Yes, it is.  Yes.

3796             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  Okay.  Thank you very much.  That's all.

3797             THE CHAIRPERSON:  Could I get back to your French and aboriginal language component and I will maybe ‑‑ just to try to understand because it is interesting what you have said.


3798             I will start with the aboriginal portion of it, but the section that Mr. Murphy read, if you are planning to do that in half an hour every week, I don't know at which speed they will be talking.

3799             MR. FORBES:  A show of that type is successful because of the guests that you have to come in to the area.  If Robbie Robertson was in town with a brand new album he could eat that up in 90 minutes easily or that half hour easily, but Mr. Murphy has a very firm grasp on this and Standard is very heavily involved in the Saber program and we have a gentleman by the name of Robert Laboucane from Ripple Effects, who spent a great deal of time with us telling us the needs and the requirements.  It was absolutely eye opening for us living in Alberta the problems that are being encountered in some of these communities.

3800             Tim, if you wouldn't mind describing the program just a little bit further.


3801             MR. MURPHY:  I just want to say first of all that I am very proud that Standard Broadcasting has taken the initiative to make the First Nation aboriginal people a part of this application and to join with them and to go in a positive direction.  It is very important for the aboriginal community to not only be heard but be heard by themselves, to be able to get in there and do the work, do the reporting, do the stringing work, and be proud of what they do, not only in English but in Cree or other native languages.  It's very important for the aboriginal people, myself, to be a part of this process and to make sure that we are going in a positive direction.  I think that Standard Radio is doing that.  I really do think that they want the aboriginal people to be represented not only in this country but represented by themselves.

3802             THE CHAIRPERSON:  You have mentioned that AVR will be contributing.  What are you expecting as a contribution from AVR?

3803             MR. FORBES:  AVR would be supplying us the bulk tape from whatever content that would have local relevance to a national show.  They are just launching in Vancouver I think almost any day now and they will have the Edmonton and Calgary licences.  So we would have the option to take that material and edit it and present it in the show and in return if there is news of relevance from northern Alberta, we would eventually feed it down to AVR as well, so a partnership.  It will probably be a good, long time before AVR has stations in markets that small.

3804             THE CHAIRPERSON:  Are there native broadcasters around Grande Prairie, because I met with Mr. Bert Crawfoot ‑‑

3805             MR. FORBES:  He is part of the Saber program as well.


3806             THE CHAIRPERSON:  Which program?  He is surely not part of AVR.

3807             MR. FORBES:  I'm sorry; he is not part of AVR.

3808             THE CHAIRPERSON:  He is operating, and I don't remember the name of his organization, but ‑‑

3809             MR. FORBES:  There's the APTN‑TV and then there is the Star Choice satellite feed.  It's only on a satellite feed.

3810             THE CHAIRPERSON:  But here in Alberta there is a ‑‑

3811             COMMISSIONER CRAM:  Isn't it the Siksika?  It's the native broadcasters that initially started up by Heritage Canada in each of the four western provinces, and this is the Alberta one, and I think they are Siksika.

3812             THE CHAIRPERSON:  Yes.  Do they have radio stations in the northern area around Grande Prairie or whatever?

3813             MR. FORBES:  Not that I'm aware of.

3814             THE CHAIRPERSON:  And you, Mr. Murphy?


3815             MR. MURPHY:  I understand that they are part of the group of Windspeaker, which does have transmitters that does broadcast across Alberta.  Yes, they do, they have feeders.

3816             THE CHAIRPERSON:  Okay.  Are they covering a portion of the Peace River area?

3817             MR. MURPHY:  I'm not familiar with that right now, sir.  I really don't know.

3818             THE CHAIRPERSON:  You are not familiar with that.

3819             MR. MURPHY:  No.

3820             THE CHAIRPERSON:  Regarding the French component, it is my understanding from various readings that I have that there are a good number of Quebeckers that are working in Grande Prairie.  I know for a fact that Franco‑Albertans and Québécois are not necessarily the same group.

3821             The French component of your program, I noticed that in your presentation you are saying that you have been dealing with the Alberta Canadian French Association.  Are you going to be aiming at the Franco‑Albertan or at the Québécois who comes to work in Grande Prairie?

3822             MR. FORBES:  I am going to let Betty handle how we do this.


3823             MS SELIN:  Our discussions were with Liette Hurtubise who is with the Alberta Canadian French Association, so, yes, it is that community that is outside of Grande Prairie that we had in mind.  Certainly, if someone who, you know, heard our program, liked what they heard and wanted to have a say, we certainly wouldn't deny them that opportunity.  But it is our intention to work with this already very active community who feels that they don't have an adequate voice right now.

3824             THE CHAIRPERSON:  Commissioner Williams wants to ask questions.

3825             COMMISSIONER WILLIAMS:  Thank you, Mr. Chair.

3826             Mr. Forbes, in your opening remarks you stated Standard Radio is a family‑owned and operated broadcasting business.  Does this mean your firm's proposed IPO activities are on permanent hold?

3827             MR. FORBES:  Yes, sir, they are.  I believe the application has been Gazetted but the program or the plan is on hold at this time.

3828             COMMISSIONER WILLIAMS:  Okay.

3829             Could you please describe how your $10,000 per year fund to support the four designated groups will work in practical terms, like how will the money be spent, what is it for?


3830             MR. FORBES:  That one is what I like to call like a songwriter's circle.  We have done this with Ron Sexsmith where we take a number of people out and we will bring in designated groups and entertain them and actually teach them how to write songs, how the music business works and quite possibly have them enter the Standard national songwriting contest as well.  So it is a giant showcase of this artist to the designated groups.

3831             COMMISSIONER WILLIAMS:  Would one artist supply for the whole 10 or is it just something that you pay for and organize?

3832             MR. FORBES:  We would pay for everything, bus transportation, if need be, hall rental, whatever needs be.

3833             COMMISSIONER WILLIAMS:  Okay.  Thank you.  Those are all my questions.

3834             THE CHAIRPERSON:  Thank you.

3835             Legal counsel.

3836             MS FISHER:  Just one quick question.


3837             We notice in your application that it appears that one Standard condition of licence was overlooked when you were filling it out so we just want to ask you whether you undertake by condition of licence to refrain from soliciting or accepting local advertising for broadcasts during any broadcast week when less than one‑third of the programming aired is local.

3838             MR. FORBES:  Yes.  Correct.

3839             MS FISHER:  Thank you.  Those are my questions.

3840             THE CHAIRPERSON:  Well, Mr. Forbes, you have the next two minutes to tell us why Standard should be granted a licence to serve Grande Prairie.

3841             MR. FORBES:  Thank you.

3842             I would first like to thank and commend the Commission.  You have an extremely hard job to do, as there are some very good applications on the table for Grande Prairie.

3843             The bar definitely has risen with these applications and the city of Grande Prairie will directly benefit from your decision as to whom to grant these new licences to.

3844             You asked us to do our homework and you surely have done yours.

3845             Standard Radio has a passion for the radio business and that passion is extended to each and every market that we serve big and small.  It is a family‑owned business whose success depends on not only serving the community but superserving the community.


3846             Each year at the CAB and at the Canadian Music Week, Standard takes home awards for this type of service.  If you did take the time to read the letters of support we received from our application, you would see confirmation of our commitment from people like the United Way, the Stollery Children's Hospital, the Edmonton Oilers Hockey Club, God bless them, the Royal Alexander Hospital Foundation, Mothers Against Drunk Driving, the Edmonton Police DARE Service Program, YWCA, the MS Society and NATE, to name just a few.

3847             Each of these letters came from business leaders in Edmonton who recognize our dedication to serving the community.  It is our promise to roll out this same level of service to Grande Prairie that Edmonton and Calgary enjoy, that Terrace and Dawson Creek enjoy, that Calgary, Penticton and Trail, B.C. enjoy.

3848             We know the AC format well.  I have personally programmed Soft AC radio stations for the past 25 years in markets as small as Lethbridge and as large as Vancouver in Toronto.


3849             We know the province.  My family alone has more than 75 years of broadcast experience in Edmonton and Calgary.  Our promises are substantial and we are prepared to honour each and every one of them.  Standard Radio is in it for the long haul and deserves full consideration for what we feel is a very unique and dynamic radio station promise for the community.

3850             Thank you.

3851             THE CHAIRPERSON:  Thank you, Mr. Forbes.  Thank you to your team.

3852             This ends the first phase of this portion of the hearing, the Grande Prairie hearing.

3853             Before moving to Phase II, may I remind those who have comments to make regarding the various scenarios or other questions that have been raised by the Commission throughout the hearing, I know that some of those questions did really evolve, and who wants to make comments to make them in Phase II.  We will not accept the comments you want to make on these matters in Phase IV unless they are comments on another applicant.

3854             Thank you.

3855             We will move along immediately with Phase II.

3856             THE SECRETARY:  Thank you, Mr. Chairman.

3857             Maybe before we start I just would like to indicate that two applicants have filed the documents they have committed to do before this phase.


3858             One is from Crude Communications.  They are revised projected financial figures.  The document will be on the application file in the examination room for those who wish to view them.

3859             The other one is from the applicant Sun Country.  There are two commitments they have put forward.  One is the hypothetical audience shares in the Grande Prairie radio market and the other document is regarding the various hypotheticals licensing scenarios also in Grande Prairie.  Again, these documents will be in the application file and can be viewed in the examination room.

3860             Now moving on to Phase II of the process, I just wish to indicate that six applicants will not be appearing in this phase.  Two have not indicated whether they will or not, so I will be calling them in the reverse order that they are in the agenda starting by Newcap Inc.  If they are in the room and wish to appear if you would come forward please.

3861             I would then call Sun Country Cablevision Limited on behalf of a corporation to be incorporated.  If they wish to appear in Phase II they could come forward.

3862             Continuing with Vista Radio Limited.


3863             And finally, Crude Communications Inc., if they would come forward to make their presentation in this case.

3864             Mr. Gauvin, you have 10 minutes for your presentation.

INTERVENTION

3865             MR. GAUVIN:  Thank you very much.

3866             Not to be the only guy crying and griping about anything, it seems like I am I guess in this phase, my only concern is with the presentation by Sun Country Cablevision.

3867             In their presentation they outlined that they had within their application arranged to do play‑by‑play broadcasts of Grande Prairie Storm games and that their letter of support indicated this as well.  That's just not accurate information and it is not in part of their application or their letter of support from that organization.

3868             That's the only thing I was concerned about.

3869             Thank you.

3870             THE SECRETARY:  Mr. Chairman, this completes Phase II of the process for the agenda Item Nos 1 to 10.  Back to you.

‑‑‑ Laughter / Rires


3871             THE CHAIRPERSON:  Thank you very much.

3872             We will resume the hearing tomorrow morning at 8:30.  Have a nice evening.

‑‑‑ Whereupon the hearing adjourned at 1800, to resume

    on Wednesday, June 21, 2006 at 0830 / L'audience

    est ajournée à 1800, pour reprendre le mercredi

    21 juin 2006 à 0830

 

 

REPORTERS

 

 

 

 

______________________            ______________________

Richard Johansson                 Lynda Johansson

 

 

 

______________________            ______________________

Jennifer Cheslock                 Diane Schroeter

 

 

 

  

Date de modification :